ML101650278

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Sim/In-Plant JPMs (Section 5)

ML101650278
Person / Time
Site:	Farley
Issue date:	06/07/2010
From:	NRC/RGN-II
To:	Southern Nuclear Operating Co
References
Download: ML101650278 (156)

Text

ES-301 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Control Room/In-Plant Systems Systems Outline Outline Form Form ES-301-2 ES-301-2 OPERATING OPERATING OUTLINE OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farley Nuclear Facility: Farley Nuclear Plant Plant Date of Date of Examination:

Examination: March 8, March 8, 2010 2010 Exam Level Exam Level (both):

(both): RO SRO-I RO SRO-I Operating Test Operating Test No.:

No.: FA2010301 FA2O1 0301 Control Room Control Room Systems Systems (8(8 for RO; 77 for for RO; for SRO-i)

SRO-i)

System 1/ JPM System JPM Title Title Code*

Type Code*

Type Safety Safety Function Function

a. Perform an

a. Perform an emergency emergency boration.

boration. CRO-065C CRO-065C mod. mod.

024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.01 024AA2.0I 3.8/4.1 3.8/4.1 S, M, A, LL S,M,A, 11

b. CRO-327

b. CRO-327A Align PRF A Align PRF System System ForFor AA Large Large Break Break LOCA LOCA S, D, S, D, LL 77 073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 SRO-4.3 CR0- 333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous

c. CRO- simultaneous S, M, A, L S,M,A,L 3 hot and cold leg leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4

d. Perform required

d. Perform actions in required actions in response to RCPRCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A Failures. CRO-047A K/A APE015AA KIA APEOI5AAI.22 1.22 4.0/4.2 S, D, A S,D,A 4p 003A2.02 3.7/3.9 003A2.023.7/3.9 CR0-I 33A Start Up The Containment Cooling System

e. CRO-133A S, D, P, L S,D,P,L 5 022A4.01 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 NRC exam

f. CRO-359E Start 1IC C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply 11 F S, M, A S,M,A 6 4160V Bus 055EA1.02 4.3/4.4 055EA1.06 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7 CR0-NEW Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW

g. CRO-NEW 8 pump trip 5, A, D,L S,A, D, L 008A2.01_3.3/3.6 008A2.01 3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3 CRO-406A Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A"

h. CR0-406A A Is Actuated And 5, A, D, L S,A,D,L 2 Aligned RO 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

System 1I JPM Title Code*

Type Code* Safety Function

i. SO - 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1/3.9)

(3.1)3.9) D, R D,R 9

j. SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without control power ~L,E D,< L, E 4s 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 lL~'lO

k. SO-347A Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service D 6 058AA1 058AA 1.02 .02 3.1/3.1 058AA1 .03 3.1/3.3 058AA1.033.1/3.3 All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

• Type

• Type Codes Cnteria Criteria for RO/

ROI SRO-i [ACTUAL]

(A)lternate path 4-6 /1 2-3 [716]

4-6 /14-6 [7/6]

(C)ontrol room [0/0]

[010]

(D)irect from bank bank ~9/~8/~4

< 9 I < 8 I <4 [8I7]

[817]

(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant ~

> 11/~

/> I1 thu

[1/1]

(L)ow-Power /1 Shutdown Shutdown >~ 111I>

~ 11 [7/6]

[716]

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including I1(A) >~2/~2 2 /> 2 [313]

[3/3]

(P)previous (P)previous 22 exams exams ~3

< 31/ <~ 331/ <2

~ 2 (randomly selected) [Ill] [1/1]

(R)CA

{R)CA

>~ 11 ~ 1 i I> I [1/1]

[Ill]

(S)imulator (S)imulator

[8/7]

[817]

Fancy Farley March March 2010 2010 NRC NRC JPMJPM exam exam of 11 Page 11 of Page

ES-301 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Control Room/In-Plant Systems Systems Outline Outline Form Form ES-301-2 ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farley Facility: Farley Nuclear Nuclear Plant Plant Date of Date of Examination:

Examination: March 8, March 8, 2010 2010 Exam Level (both): ~OSRO-I RO SRO-I Operating Test Operating No.: FA2010301 Test No.: FA2010301 Control Room Control Room Systems Systems (8 for RO; (8 for RO; 77 for for SRO-i)

SRO-i)

System II JPM System JPM Title Title Type Code*

Type Code* Safety Safety Function Function a.a. Perform Perform an an emergency emergency boration.

boration. CRO-065C CRO-065C mod. mod.

024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.01 024AA2.O1 3.8/4.1 3.8/4.1 M, A, S, M, S, A, LL 1 The unit The unit will will have have entered entered ESP-O.i.

ESP-0. 1. One One rodrod will will be be stuck out and stuck out and the candidate the candidate will will have have to determine to to determine emergency borate.

to emergency borate. The The BatBat pump has pump has aa clogged clogged filter filter on on the the pump pump discharge discharge and and will will not deliver not deliver the proper the proper flow.

flow. Attachment Attachment 22 will will have have to be performed to be performed to align the to align the RWST to RWST to the the chgchg pump pump suction.

suction. TheThe setup setup will havehave charging charging flow low and low and letdown letdown secured secured so so the the candidate candidate will will have have to increase to increase charging flow and place charging flow and place letdown O/S. letdown 0/S.

CRO-327A

b. CRO-327 A Align PRF PRF System For A Large Break LOCA S,O,L S, D, L 7 073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 The PRF The PRF system is is operating duringduring a LB LB LOCA LOCA and and one train has has to be secured. This is an action required by EEP-1.0. EEP-1.O.

C.c. CRO-CR0- 333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous S,M,A,L 5, M, A, L 3 hot and cold leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4 This JPM transfers from cold leg recirc to simultaneous hot and cold leg recirculation lAW ESP-1.4. ESP-1 .4. The alternate path has RHR TO RCS Q1/2E1 1M0V8889 will not open so the RNO HOT LEGS ISO Q1/2E11MOV8889 column will have to be used. B Train chg pump will not start and power is removed from MOV8886 M0V8886 so the end result will be that HL and CL recirc CANNOT be established. This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does Simultaneous not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-1.4. ESP-I.4. Changed this JPM to be significantly modified.

d. Perform required actions in response to RCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A K/A KJA APEOI APE015AA 5AA11.224.0/4.2

.22 4.0/4.2 S, D, A 4p 003A2.02 003A2.023.7/3.9 3.7/3.9 This RCP seal failure has seal flow> 8 gpm and a reactor trip will have to be initiated by the CR0 CRO lAW AOP-4.AOP-4.1, 1, Abnormal RCP seal leakage.

e. CRO-133A Start Up The Containment Cooling System S,O, 5, D, P, P,L L 55 022A4.01 022A4.01 3.6/3.6 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 On 2007 This JPM JPM a is a mode 55 JPM to startstart up up the ctmt cooling system and and NRC exam NRC start the domedome recirc fans.

f.f. CRO-359E CRO-359E Start Start 11C C DGDG From From TheThe EPB EPB And And Align Align ToTo Supply Supply IiF F S,M,A S, M, A 66 4160V 4160V Bus Bus 055EA1 055EA1.02 .02 4.3/4.4 4.3/4.4 055EA1 055EA1.06 .06 4.1/4.6 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7 3.9/4.7 This This JPMJPM starts starts thethe 1C 1C DG DG per per AOP5-0

.AtOP 5.0 AOP-5.1 AOP-5.1 and and aligns aligns itto it to Unit 1 4160v Unit 1 4160v bus. bus. Unit Unit 22 A A Train Train 2K 4160 vv bus 2K 4160 bus isis de-energized de-energized and and the Unit 11 A the Unit A Train Train SW SW pumps pumps will will not not be be available available due due toto aa fault fault onon the 11KK 41 the 60v bus.

4160v bus. The The 11CC DG DG will will have have to to be be shutdown shutdown lAW lAW attachment attachment 11 or or EPB EPB Plaque Plaque due due toto no no SW SW flow.

flow.

Farley Farley March March 2010 2010 NRCNRC JPM JPM exam exam of3 Page 11 of3 Page

ES-301 ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Control Room/In-Plant Systems Systems Outline Outline Form Form ES-301-2 ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farley Facility: Farley Nuclear Nuclear Plant Plant Date of Date of Examination:

Examination: March March 8,2010 8, 2010 Exam Level Exam (both): RO Level (both): SRO-l RO SRO-I Operating Test Operating Test No.:No.: FA2010301 FA2010301

g. CR0-NEW Perform

g. CRO-NEW Perform Corrective Corrective Actions Actions In In Response Response To To aa CCWCCW 88 pumptrip pump trip S,A, S,A,D,L L 008A2.01 3.3/3.6 008A2.01 3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3 This isis aa new This new JPM JPM written written forfor the the upcoming upcoming LOCT LOCT JPMJPM exam.

exam. ItIt will be a bank JPM in December.

will be a bank JPM in December. Based on Based on the the fact fact that that itit will will be be used at used our site at our site II decided decided to to classify classify itit as bank JPM.

as aa bank JPM.

This isis aa mode This mode 55 JPMJPM that that hashas the the operator operator respond respond to to aa CCW 00W pump trip.

pump trip. AOP-9 AOP-9 isis used used to to secure secure the the charging charging pump pump and and thethe RHR pump RHR pump and and transition transition to to AOP-12.

AOP-12.

h. CRO-406A Verify

h. CRO-406A Verify CTMT CTMT Isolation Isolation Phase Phase "A" A Is Actuated And Is Actuated And S,A,D,L S, A, 0, L 22 Aligned Aligned RO 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY ONLY This This JPMJPM will have have no Phase A isolation Phase A isolation occur on on AA Train when aa Phase A signal Phase signal isis present.

present. EEP-O, EEP-O, Attachment Attachment 22 step step 11 11 has has the the operator manually align the Phase A equipment.

This is my best guess:

This a, b, c, d, and g are approx. 10-15 min mm JPMs.

e, ff and hareh are approx 20 minute JPMs with h being done in the CR as a simulate for 4 RO candidates.

In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

In-Plant System /I JPM Title System Type Safety Code* Function

i. SO - 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1/3.9)

D,R 0, R 9 This_is_a_no This is a normalrmal_waste_

waste gas gas_decay decay tank_release.

tank release.

j. SO-314A SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without D,A, D, A, L, 4s control control power 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 EE This will involve resetting the trip throttle valve, setting up the proper steam valve valve alignment on the TDAFW pump and then controlling the speed with the Trip throttle valve. This is aa new Appendix for aa loss of ~

AC_to_contr AC to control ol_the_TDA the TDAFW FW_pump_m anually.

pump manually.

k. S0-347A SO-347A Place Place The The Swing Swing Battery Battery Charger Charger In In Service Service D D 66 058AA1.02 3.113.1 3.1/3.1 058AA1.03 058AA1.033.1/3.3 3.1/3.3 This This is is aa Unit Unit 22 only only JPM JPM duedue to to the the fact that that we we installed installed aa new new battery battery charger in the system and it is slightly charger in the system and it is slightly different from different from the unit 11 10 the unit 1C Battery Battery charger.

charger.

The 33 in The in plants plants areare all all approximatel approximately y 3030 minutes minutes in in length.

length.

Farley Farley March March2010 2010NRCNRC JPM JPM exam exam of3 Page 22 of Page 3

ES-301 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Control Room/In-Plant Systems Systems Outline Outline Form ES-301-2 Form ES-301 -2 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL All control All room (and control room in-plant) systems (and in-plant) systems must must bebe different different andand serve serve different different safety safety functions; in plant systems and functions may functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap overlap those tested in those tested in the the control room.

control room.

• Type Codes

• Type Codes Criteria for Criteria for ROI ROl SRO-i SRO-i [ACTUAL]

[ACTUAL]

(A)lternate path (A)lternate path 4-6 14-6/2-3 4-6 I 4-6 / 2-3 [7/6][7I6]

(C)ontrol room (C)ontrol room [0/0]

[010]

(D)irect from (D)irect from bank bank ~9/~8/~4

< 9 / < 8 / 4 [8/7]

[8I7]

(E)mergency (E)mergency or or abnormal abnormal in-plant in-plant > i i 1

1/::1 [1/1]

[Ill]

(L)ow-Powe (L)ow-Powerr II Shutdown Shutdown I

1/::1

> /> 1 [716]

[7/6]

(N)ew or (N)ew or (M)odified (M)odified from from bank bank including including 1I (A)

(A)  :: 22 I :: 22 [3/3]

[3I3]

(P)previous 22 exams (P)previous exams ~ 3 / ~< 31

< 31 3 I ~<2 (randomly selected) 2 (randomly selected) [1/1]

[Ill]

(R)CA (R)CA 1 /> I [1/1] [Ill]

1/::1 (S)imulator (S)imulator

[8/7]

[817]

Changes since last submittal:

a. Changed CRO-06SC CRO-065C mod to have a clogged filter since the simulator modeling will not allow placing a BAT pump on recirculation and then provide no flow to the system when used.

Changed CRO-

c. Changed CR0- 333E to have a set of failures that does not allow the LHSI on one train and the HHSI on the other train. This is essentially a new JPM since we do not have this type of JPM in the bank.

f. CRO-359E This JPM was changed to AOP-5.

CRO-3S9E AOP-S.1I since we could not find a scenario that would allow use of AOP-5 AOP-S for this type event. Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160 Vv bus is de de-energized was added to allow the 1IC C DG to be aligned to Unit 1 1 and to make shutting down the DG DO a critical task. 1C1 C Chg pump tripped was added to give a valid reason to be starting the 1 1C C DG and then to start the 1 1A A Chg pump and supporting equipment.

Farley Farley March March 2010 2010 NRC NRC JPMJPM exam exam of3 Page 33 of Page 3

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM a.

T-33 NRC Page 11 of7 Page of 7

a. Simulator

a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C Mod.

TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ---.X X

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR

~SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: JPM IC-217 IC-2 17 ALTERNATE PATH ~ X TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

• Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction

• Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-O.1

• Complete ESP-O.l attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 011 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C.

C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 10211021 FORM ES-301-3 ES-301-3

FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM a.

HLT-33 Page 2 of7of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A IA charging pump running.

b. 1A BAT is on service, IB lB BAT is in standby.

c. Unit 11 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.

d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.

e. Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.

f. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.l, of ESP-0. 1, step 4, RNO.

g. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Start 11 A or 1I B boric acid transfer pump. 1 B BAT Pump hand switch IA or 1B S I/ U taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.

NOTE: ** NO flow will be observed after opening MOV81M0V8104 04 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter, it is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:

- Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).

- Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).

- Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through Fl- 110.

PI-II O.

(Element 4)

- May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCVI 1 3A&B to FCVl13A&B attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.

The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be delayed 2 mins and consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on Fl-I bA. If Boric Acid filter FI-II0A.

DP directed to be checked, then HI DIP is indicated.

2. Align normal emergency boration flow path. Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG SS /I U U

PUMP SUCT QIE21MOV8IO4 QIE21MOV8104 open and observes Q1E21MOV8IO4 QIE21MOV8104 red light is LIT.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRCNRC exam exam JPM JPM a.a. Page Page 30f7 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath

3. IF flowpath is Uses Gaitronics to Uses to contact Radside Radside S / U available then NOT available then align manual emergency align manual emergency SO. Directs SO. Directs Opening Opening ofVl85 ofV 185 per boration flowpath.

flowpath. RNO step RNO step 4.2.2 ofESP-O.I.

of ESP-0. I.

- Vi 85 Directs Radside SO to open V185 IF/WHEN directed, CUE:

Radside SO acknowledges IF directed, then AFTER 2 mins:

CUE: Radside operator reports V185 is open.

- FCV1 13A (may also open OPENS FCVl13A OPENS FCV FCV-l 13A and observes

-113A FCV1 13B while waiting on local actions FCVl13B QIE2IFCV1 13A red light is lit QIE2lFCVl13A per AOP-27)

NOTE: *. Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown)letdown)..

ARP-1 .4 DEI,

• ARP-I.4 DEl, which will come into alarm if the aforementioned actions are not taken, would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.

• • Evaluation of ARP-l.4 DE3, if alarmed due to not establishing adequate charging flow, may result in the candidate isolating letdown. If so, the candidate should continue with establishing Emergency Boration without letdown aligned.

4. Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service. OPEN LTDN LTDN ORIF 150 ISO 45 GPM SS / UU Q1E21HV8I49A QIE21HV8149A and observes Q1E2iHV8I49A QIE21HV8149A red light is LIT.

5. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service. OPEN LTDN LTDN ORIF 150 ISO 60 GPM SS / UU Q1E21HV8149B C and QIE21HV8149B or C and observes QiE2IHV8I49B QIE21HV8149B or C C red light is LIT.

LIT.

6. Verify

6. Verify charging flow greater 40 gpm.

greater than 40 Adjust charging Adjust charging flow to to greater greater SS // U U

than than 40 40 gpm gpm by by manually manually opening opening FCV-122 FCV -122 andand observes observes Fl-122A FI -122A reads >40 gpm.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM JPM a.

a. Page 44 of7 Page of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

• • 7. Check emergency

7. Check emergency oror manual manual emergency emergency boration boration Check emergency Check emergency && manual manual SS // U U

flow greater than 30 flow greater than 30 gpm.

gpm. flow greater boration flow greater than than 30 30 gpm gpm and observes and observes PI-ilO Fl- 110 and/or and/or PI-I 13 Fl- 113 indicate <30 gpm.

IF REQUESTED, REQUESTED, Cue:

RADSIDE SO SO reports FI-ll0A FI-11OA indicates < 10 gpm.

indicates':::

NOTE: ** Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.

Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the "aligned" determination aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.

implemented,

8. Verify IA CHG PUMP header valves open. Verifies IA 1A CHG CR0 PUMP HDR SS / UU valves open and observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO QIE2IMOV 8130A, 8130B, 813 IA 8131 A& & 8131 813 lB B red lights are lit.

• • 9. Check Boration flow adequate. Determine that NO boration flow SS / U U

from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available and Fl-I 10 and PI-II3 observes PI-I Fl-I 13 indicates .:::10

<10 gpm.

IF REQUESTE REQUESTED, D, Cue:

RADSIDE SO reports FI-11OA FI-ll0A indicates S < 10 gpm.

• 10.

10. Align charging pump suction to RWST. Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves SS / U U

QIE21LCVI QIE21LCVI15B 15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E2ILCVIQIE21LCV115C 15C &

and observes EE and observes LCV1LCV 115BI5B & D D red red lights are are LIT, LCVI LCVI15C1 5C & E E green lights lights are LIT.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM JPM a.a. Page Page 55 of7 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

11. Verify

11. charging pump Verify charging pump discharge discharge flow flow path path -

Verify CHG Verify PUMPS TO CHG PUMPS TO REGEN REGEN SS // U U

ALIGNED.

ALIGNED. HX FIX QIE2IMOV8107 Q1E2IMOV8IO7 & &

M0V8108 open MOV8I08 open and and observes observes MOV8 MOV8110707 & 8108 red

& 8108 red lights lights are are LIT.

12. Verify only

12. only one one charging charging line line valve - OPEN.

OPEN. Verify RCS Verify RCS NORMAL CHG CHG LINE LINE SS // U U Q1E21HV8146 OR RCS ALT QIE2IHV8146 CHG LINE QIE2IHV8147 CHG Q1E2IHV8 147 OPEN and observes QIE2IHV8146 Q1E21HV8146 OR Q1E21HV8147 red light is LIT.

QIE2IHV8147 NOTE: Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while while placing service)..

lacin letdown in service

• 13. Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92

- CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U gpm. adjusted as necessary and observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.

FI-I22A STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

1. FNP-I-ESP-0.1, FNP-I-ESP-O.I, Version 29.0 2.

2. Technical Technical Specifications 3.

3. K/As: 024AA2.02 K/As: RO-3.9 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 SRO-4.4 024AA2.0l 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 RO-3.8 SRO-4.l SRO-4.1 GENERAL GENERAL TOOLSTOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMENT:

EOUIPMENT:

1. None

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC NRC examexam JPM JPM a.a. Page Page 66 of7 of 7 Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation Evaluation

1. Start lA Start IA oror IB 1 B boric boric acid transfer pump pump not critical since this course critical since course of action action will not bebe successful.

2. Opening MOV81 MOV8 104 04 is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.

successful.

3. manual emergency makeup isis an alternative path that could Aligning manual be taken, could be taken, but is is not critical this course critical since this course ofof action will not be be successful.

successful.

4

4. Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical cntical since boration can continue without letdown. DISCUSS with examiner: failure to complete action could result in filling the PZR in tilling PZR solid over a period of time: function/intent function/intent of this action is for inventory inventory control during the boration - Critical?

5

5. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since boration can continue without letdown. Discuss with examiner: see element #3 discussion.

6

6. Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm is not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.

7. Critical: Check emergency & manual boration flow less than 30 gpm is critical since failure of completing this step properly will not initiate the direction to align RWST R WST suctions.

8. Verify lA 1A CHG PUMP header valves open is not critical since the valves are already open.

9. Critical: Check Boration flow adequate is critical since not doing this step properly will not ensure proper alignment of boric acid to the charging pump suctions.

10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.

II.

11. MOV M 0 V 8107 and 8108 not critical since these valves are open

12. MOV-8146/47 MOV -8146/4 7 not critical since one of these valves are open

13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to> to > 92 gpm until this step.

COMMENTS:

Setup Setup will require the letdown system to be be secured and charging charging in manual manual with flow how taken to aa minimum. BA BA filter tilter will he be clogged. Mal-cvcl9 Mal-cvCl9 19 19 Stuck Stuck rod H-2 11-2 mal-rodl4l mal-rod 141 true see developed IC-2 IC-217 17 Discuss Discuss with examiner evaluation vvith examiner evaluation ofof critical critical elements clements 3&4, 3&4, regarding letdown letdown alignment.

alignment. Currently Currently evaluated asas not not critical critical since since task task can be accomplished without can be without letdown, letdown, however, however. ifif letdown letdown isis never never established, established, then then thethe plant plant will will suffer suffer an an unneeded unneeded transientlong transient-long term.

term.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC exam exam JPM JPM a. a. HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, are to you are to PERFORM PERFORM AN AN EMERGENCY EMERGENCY BORA TION. The BORATION. The conditions conditions under under which this which this task task is is to to be be performed are:are:

a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with System is with IA 1 A charging pump running.

running.

b.

b. 1A BAT is IA on service, is on service, IlB BAT pump is B BAT is on on recirculation recirculation for aa sample.

sample.

c.

c. Unit I1 isis in in Mode 33 atat normal operating operating temperature.

d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.I, ESP-O. 1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.

e. Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.

f. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.I, of ESP-O.l, step 4, RNO.

g. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

(3 IL- SI P i) JL -

0 12/15/09 8:20 AM 12115/09 Page 11 of 55 SIMULATOR 11- - RO, SRO-I AND SRO-U TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT~

OLT X LOCT X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~PERFORM X PERFORM ~SIMULATE X SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR X SIMULATOR ~CONTROLROOM X CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: JPM IC-2SI IC-251 ALTERNATE PATH ~ X TIME CRITICAL PRA Trainer/Date:

rainerlDate: Trainee:

Evaluator/Date:

EvaluatorlDate:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0EJ Unsatisfactory 0EJ Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

EXAMINER: _________________

Tag out IB lB BAT pump HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM I1

12/15/09 8:20 AM 12/15/098:20 of 5 Page 2 of5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with IA 1A charging pump running.

b. 1A BAT is on service, IB IA lB BAT pump is tagged out for bearing replacement.

c. Unit 11 is in Mode 33 at normal operating temperature.

d. ESP-O. 1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.

A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.I,

e. Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.

f. One control Rod has not inserted.

g. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.I, of ESP-0.1, step 3, RNO.

h. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Attempt to start IA 1A boric acid transfer 1A BAT Pump handswitch taken IA S / U pump. to start. (CUE: Pump breaker indicator lights NOT lit.)

NOTE: Examinee may choose to NOT perform steps aligning either NORMAL or ALTERNATE emergency borate paths due to recognizing that no BAT pumps are running and no flow will be obtained.

2. Align normal emergency boration flow Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U path. Q1E21MOV8 104 PUMP SUCT QIE2IMOV8I04 Q1E21MOV8 104 red open (CUE: QIE2IMOV8I04 light is LIT.)

• 3

• 3. Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service. OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8149A. (CUE:

QIE2IHV8I49A.

Q1E21HV8149A red light is LIT.)

QIE2IHV8I49A

• 4

• 4. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service. OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8149B or C. (CUE:

QIE2IHV8I49B Q1E21HV8149B or C red light is QIE2IHV8I49B LIT.)

• 5*

• 5. Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm. Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. (CUE: FI-122A reads

>40 gpm.)

HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 11

12/15/09 8:20 AM 12/15/098:20 Page 33 of5 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

6. Check emergency & & manual boration flow Check emergency & & manual S I/ U greater than 30 gpm. boration flow greater than 30 gpm.

FT-liD &

(CUE: FI-110 & FI-l13 FI-113 indicate 0 gpm.)

NOTE: Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.

7. 1A CHG PUMP header valves open.

Verify lA Verifies 1A CHG PUMP hdr S / U S/U valves open. (CUE: CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO QIE21MOVQ1E21MOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131A & & 8131B red lights are lit.)

8. Check Boration flow adequate. Determine that NO boration flow S I/ U from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available.

Fl-i 10 and FI-l13 (CUE: FI-II0 Fl-i 13 indicates o0 gpm.)

• 9

• 9. Align charging pump suction to RWST. Open RWST TO CHG PMP S I/ U Q1E21LCV115B &

valves Q1E21LCVl15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E21LCV1 15C &

QIE21LCVl15C & E.

LCV1 15B &

(CUE: LCV115B & D red lights LCV1 15C &

are LIT, LCVl15C & E green lights are LIT.)

10. Verify charging pump discharge flow path Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S I/ U ALIGNED.

-ALIGNED.

- Q1E21MOV81O7 &

HX QIE21MOV8107 &

MOV8 108 open. (CUE:

MOV8108 M0V8107 &

MOV8107 & 8108 red lights are LIT.)

ii.

11. Verify only one charging line valve -

Verify RCS NORMAL CHG S I/ U OPEN. LINE Q1E21HV8146 OR RCS Q1E21HV8147 ALT CHG LINE QIE21HV8147 Q1E21HV8146 OPEN. (CUE: QIE21HV8146 Q1E21HV8 147 red light is OR Q1E21HV8147 LIT.)

HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 11

12/15/09 8:20 AM 12115/098:20 Page 4 of5 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

• 12.

• 12. Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN

- CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U 92 gpm. adjusted as necessary. (CUE: FI-Fl-1 22A indicates 110 gpm.)

122A The above task is only critical IF charging flow was below 92 gpm from the above steps and the candidate has to increase charging flow to >92 gpm.

STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been verified adequate.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements Are Denoted By An Asterisk (*) (*) In Front Of The Element Number.

GENERAL REFERENCES

1. FNP-1-ESP-0.l, Version 24.0 FNP-I-ESP-O.l,

2. Technical Specifications

3. K/As: 024AA2.02 KlAs: RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT EQUIPMENT None COMMENTS HLT-29 JPM EXAM HLT-29 JPM EXAM - 51M

- SIM 11

12/15/09 8:20 AM 12/15/098:20 AM Page 55 of5 Page of 5 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to to begin, begin, you you are are to PERFORM AN to PERFORM EMERGENCY BORATION.

AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The The conditions conditions under under which this which this task task isis to be performed to be performed are:

are:

a.a. Chemical and Chemical and Volume Volume Control Control System System is in operation is in operation with with lA 1A charging charging pump pump running.

running.

b. lA BAT is 1A BAT is on on service, service, lBlB BAT BAT pump is tagged out is tagged out for for bearing bearing replacement.

replacement.

c.

c. Unit 11 is in Mode 33 at is in normal operating at normal operating temperature.

d. A Reactor Trip Trip has occurred, and ESP-O. 1, Reactor and ESP-O.l, Reactor Trip Response, Response, is in in progress.

e. Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.

f. One control Rod has not inserted.

g. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.1, ESP-O.1, step 3, RNO.

h. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

HLT-29 HLT-29 JPM JPM EXAMEXAM - 51M SIM II

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM h. b. Page 11 of6 of 6

b. Simulator JPM CRO-327A TITLE: Align the PRF System properly For A Large Break LOCA PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL OLT T ---X X

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-190 ALTERNATE AL TERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA PRA.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

• Complete step 4.3 and 4.6 of SOP-60.0 to secure B B train of PRF and ensure the A train PRF is operating properly in the LOCA alignment Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 011 nsatisfacton 0 Unsatisfactory U D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM b.

exam JPM Page 22 of6 Page of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THETHE PRF SYSTEM SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

LOCA. The conditions

a. A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.

b. Containment pressure is approximately 23 psig.

c. All steps of EEP-I through step 14.4 have been completed.

d. of PRF in operation per step 14.5.

You are directed to verify at least one train ofPRF

e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: The B train will be shutdown in this task due to the SS directing the A train to be left in service per the initial conditions. Procedurally, either train may be shutdown as needed 4.3 or 4.4. The intent of securing one train of PRF if both are running is to limit total PRF effluent to the vent stack to the minimum possible.

• 1. Verify closed SFP to IA 1A PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538A taken to S I/ U Q1V48HV3538A.

Q 1V 48HV3538A. the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538A changes from red to green.

2.

2. Verify closed SFP to 1lB B PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538B taken to SS /I UU Q1V48HV3538B.

Q 1V 48HV3538B. the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538B changes from red to green.

• 3. Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 Phase BB pushbuttons pushed and SS /I UU 1.1 and 6.1. (lights are LIT) observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.

4.

4. Place I1B B PRF exhaust fan in automatic automatic by Handswitch for I1BB PRF exhaust SS /I U U

placing the handswitch to STOP and release. fan taken to STOP position and released and observes I1BB PRF exhaust fan green light lit.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC exam JPM b.

exam JPM b. Page Page 33 of6of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 5.

5. Place 1I B Place B PRF PRF recirculation recirculation fan fan in in automatic automatic l-Iandswitch for Handswitch for 1lB B PRF PRF SS I/ U U placing the by placing the handswitch handswitch toto STOP STOP and and recirculation fan recirculation fan taken taken to to STOP STOP release.

release. position and position released and and released and observes observes 1I B PRF recirculation fan green light lit.

6. Place IBI B PRF RECIRC FAN FAN EXH DMPR 118B PRF RECIRC FAN EXH SS IU

/U Q1E15HV3356B handswitch to AUTO.

QIE15HV3356B DMPR HV3356B handswitch verified to be in AUTO and observes HV3356B is in AUTO.

• 7. Close 1lBB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC lB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC IB S/U S/U Q1E15MOV336IB and return switch DMPR QIE15MOV336IB DMPR MOV3361B M0V3361B handswitch to AUTO. taken to CLOSE, observes HV3361B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.

• 8. Close 1lBB PRF SUCTION DMPR lB PRF SUCTION DMPR S/U S/U QIE1 QlEl5MOV3362B and return switch to 5MOV3362B MOV3362B handswitch taken to AUTO. CLOSE, observes MOV3362B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.

9. Verify closed SFP to lA 1A PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538A checked S I/ U S U Q1V48HV35 QlV48HV3538A. 38A. and observes indication for HV3538A is green.

10. Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538B checked SS /I UU Q1V48HV35 QlV48HV3538B. 38B. and observes indication for HV3538B is green.

11.

11. Verify Phase B B reset as indicated by MLB-3 MLB-3 1.1 1.1 and 6.1 lights checked SS /I UU 1.1 and 6.1. and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.

12.

12. Verify Verify open lA PRF open IA suction damper PRF suction Indication for M0V3362A MOV3362A SS/U

/U QIEI5MOV3 QIEI5MOV3362A. 362A. checked andand observes observes indication indication for MOV3362A MOV3362A is red.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM b.b. Page 44 of6 Page of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE) 13.

13. Verify 1IA Verify PRF recirculation A PRF recirculation fan fan started.

started. Indication checked Indication checked for for lA 1A PRF PRF S/U S/U recirculation fan recirculation fan and and observes observes red red light lit light for lA lit for IA PRF PRF recirculation recirculation fan.

14.

14. 1A PRF recirculation fan Verify open IA fan exhaust Indication checked checked for lA IA PRF S/U SI U Q1E15HV3356A.

damper QIEI5HV3356A. recirculation fan damper HV3356A and observes indication for HV3356A is red.

15.

15. Verify 1IA A PRF exhaust fan started. Indication checked for 1IA A PRF S/U S /U exhaust fan and observes red light lit for 11A A PRF exhaust fan.

16. Verify open 1IA A PRF exhaust fan discharge Indication checked for 1IA A PRF S IU IU Q1E15HV3357A.

damper QIEI5HV3357A. exhaust fan damper HV3357 HV3357A A and observes indication for HV3357 HV3357A A is red.

17. Check penetration room pressure. Observes PENE RM TO A TMOS ATMOS S/U SIU

~P AP PDI 3367 3367AA and observes PDI3367A PD13367A indicates greater than

-1.5" WC.

-1.5 STOP TIME Terminate when penetration room pressure is checked.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

1. FNP-1-EEP-1, Version 29.0 FNP-I-EEP-l, Version

2. FNP-I-SOP-60.0, FNP-l-S0P-60.0, Version Version 31 31 3.

3. PRA/IPE Human Human Reliability Analysis Notebook Notebook operator actions 3.6.10 3.6.10 and and 3.6.11 3.6.11 4.

4. K/As:

K/As: 073G2.3.11 07302.3.11 RO-3.8 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 SRO-4.3

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC exam 1PM b.

exam JPM b. Page Page 55 of6 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

AND EQUIPMENT:

1.1. None None Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation Evaluation I. Critical: Closing SFP to IA PRF supply Critical: Closing SFP to lA PRF supply damper damper HV3538A HV3538A ensures ensures the the proper proper for a LB alignment for LB LOCA LOCA and isis a critical critical task. Leaving Leaving this valve valve open open would cause less cause less flow flow from the PPRs from the PPRs and and not not filtrate filtrate the the proper proper air air flow.

flow.

2.

2. Critical: Closing Critical: Closing SFPSFP toto 1lB PRF supply B PRF supply damper damper HV3538B HV3538B ensures ensures the the proper for a LB LOCA and is a critical task. Leaving this valve open would alignment for cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.

3. Critical: Resetting Phase B is a critical task since this allows the re-alignment and subsequent securing of one train of PRFPRF..

4. Critical: The intent of securing one train of PRF is to limit the total PRF effluent to the plant vent stack to the minimum possible. The following steps are critical to ensure the system is aligned properly.

Secure the 1lB B PRF exhaust fan is a critical task.

5. Critical: Secure the 1lBB PRF recirc fan is a critical task.

6

6. not critical since the valve is in the correct position already.

This step is notcritical already

7. 336 lB is a critical task Critical: Closing 3361B

8. Critical: Closing 3362B is a critical task Steps 9-17 are not critical since the system is already in the proper alignment and is 9-17 being checked to ensure that alignment is correct.

COMMENTS:

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM b. b. HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are to ALIGN THE to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR FOR A A LARGE LARGE BREAK BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which LOCA. The conditions under which this task this task is is to to be performed be performed are:

are:

a.

a. A safety A safety injection injection has has occurred occurred due due to to aa large large break LOCA.

LOCA.

b. Containment Containment pressure is is approximately approximately 23 23 psig.

psig.

c.

c. steps of All steps of EEP-l EEP-1 through step 14.4 have step 14.4 have been completed.

completed.

d.

d. You are directed to verify at least one train ofPRF of PRF in operation per step step 14.5.

14.5.

e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

FNP HLHLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM c. Page 11 of6 of 6

c. Simulator JPM CRO-333E Mod.

TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT~

OLT X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -----1L X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~X SIMULATOR ---1L X CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-2I8 IC-218 AL TERNATE PATH ---1L ALTERNATE X TIME CRITICAL PRA This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg 1e Emergency recirc JPM 3PM that does not align hot and ESP-1.4.

cold leg recirc with ESP-l.4.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

• Align A Train HHSI for cold leg recirculation (due to HOT leg recirc being unavailable)

• Align BOTH Trains of LHSI aligned to the cold legs

• Report to the TSC for evaluation that no HOT leg recirc was accomplished Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 10211021 FORM ES-301-3 ES-30l-3

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM c. Page 2 of6of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.

b. The IA and IB lB RHR pumps and the IA 1A and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.

c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.

d. The IlB B Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.

e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step I1 of ESP-I.4.

ESP- 1 .4.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS M0V8888A &

Handswitch for MOV8888A &B S / LI S/U QIE1 1MOV8888A and 8888B.

ISO QIEIIMOV8888A are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8888A & & B green lights lit.

2. Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A Handswitch for MOV8887 A& &B S I/ U U Q1EI 1MOV8887A and 8887B.

QIEIIMOV8887A are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8887A MOV8887 A& & B red lights lit.

3. Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8 MOV8889 889 taken SS /I UU QIEI 1M0V8889.

QIEIIMOV8889. to OPEN and observes MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.

4. Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887A MOV8887 A & B B SS /I U U QIE1 1M0V8887A and 8887B.

QIEIIMOV8887A are taken to CLOSE and observes M0V8887A MOV8887 A & & B green lights lit, valves are closed.

5. Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Light for M0V8889 MOV8889 checked and SS /I UU QIEI 1M0V8889.

QIEIIMOV8889. observes MOV8889 green light lit.

• 6. Open A and B B RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B B SS /I U U

LEGS ISO QIEI 1M0V8888A and 8888B.

QIEIIMOV8888A are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8888A & B B red lights lit.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC exam exam JPM JPM c.c. Page Page 33 of6 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

• • 7.

7. Stop lA Stop IA Chg Chg Pump.

Pump. Handswitch for Handswitch for IIA Chg Pump A Chg Pump SS I/ U U taken to taken to OFF OFF and and observes observes IA IA Chg Chg Pump amps go to "0" 0 and green light lit.

8.

8. Close HHSI HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for for HHSI TO RCS CL CL S I U S/U QIE2IMOV88O3A and B.

QIE21MOV8803A M0V8803A &

ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE and observes MOV88O3A &

MOV8803A & B green lights lit.

9. Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S I/ U Q1E21MOV8886.

valve QIE21MOV8886. to OPEN and observes MOV8886 has no power available lights lit.

• 10. Open HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S I/ U QIE2IMOV88O3A OR QIE2lMOV8803A ORB.B. M0V8803A OR B ISO valves MOV8803A taken to OPEN and observes MOV88O3A OR B red light lit.

MOV8803A

• 11. 1A or IB Start either lA lB Chg Pump. Handswitch for 1IA A or 1113 B Chg S I/ U Pump taken to START and observes Pump red light lit, amps increase.

• 12. Stop 1I C Chg Pump. Handswitch for 11 C Chg Pump S/U S / U taken to OFF and observes 11 C Chg Pump amps go to 0 "0" and green light lit.

13.

13. Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8885 taken SS /I U U

LEGS valve Q1E21MOV 8885.

QIE21MOV8885. to CLOSE and observes MOV8885 green light lit.

14.

14. Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for MOV8884 taken SS /I UU valve Q1E21M0V8 LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8884. 884. to OPEN OPEN and observes observes MOV8884 MOV8884 red light lit.

15.

15. Start 1C Chg Start lC Chg Pump. Handswitch Handswitch for IC Chg Pump 1C Chg Pump SS /I UU taken toto START START and and observes observes IICC CHG CHG PUMP PUMP not not running, green green light light lit.

lit.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM c.c. Page Page 44 of6 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE) 16.

16. Close CHG Close CHG PUMP PUMP RECIRC RECIRC TO TO RCS RCS HOT HOT Light for Light for MOV8884 MOV8884 checked checked and and SS // U U

LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8884.

LEGS Q1E21MOV8884. observes MOV8884 observes MOV8884 green green light light lit.

lit.

17.

17. Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Kandswitch for MOV8885 taken Handswitch S / U Q1E21M0V8885.

LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8885. to OPEN andand observes MOV 8885 8885 red light lit.

• • 18. Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to Alignment checked for proper SS/U

/ U the hot legs and at least one train HHSI LHSI and HHSI line-up and aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of observes LHSI aligned to cold legs LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one and one Train of HHSI is aligned train HHSI aligned to hot legs. for cold legs.

• • 19. Consult TSC since simultaneous cold and hot TSC called and informed that SS/U

/ U leg recirculation has not been established. simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established. (CUE: TSC acknowledges) acknow ledges)

STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when TSC called.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-ESP-1.4, FNP-I-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0

2. K/As:

KI As: 006 A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT: EQUIPMENT:

None

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPMJPM c.c. Page Page 55 of6 of 6 Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

justification:

STEP STEP Evaluation Evaluation 1.

1. Closing MOV8888A Closing M0V8888A and and 8888B 8888B is is not critical critical since since these valves will will be re-opened in subsequent subsequent steps steps due due to the failure inserted.

inserted.

2. M0V8887A Opening MOV8887 8887B isis not A and 8887B not critical critical since since these valves valves will will be closed closed in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted. inserted.

3. Not critical

3. critical since since this valve is is failed and and will not not open.

4. Critical: Closing MOV8887MOV8887A A and 8887B is critical if these valves were opened above. These valves being open will cross connect the LHSI trains and in the case of a rupture or leak in one train the other trains operability would be compromised.

5

5. Verifying 8889 closed is not critical since it is closed and will not open. open

6. Critical: Opening MOV8888A and 8888B is critical if these valves were closed in previous steps since opening these valves will allow placing LHSI on recirc on the cold legs.

7. Critical: Stopping the lA IA CHG pump is critical to allow proper alignment of the HHSI system 8

8. Closing HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves QIE21MOV8803A Q1E21MOV88O3A and arid B is not critical since the failure will have these valves opened in subsequent steps.

9. Opening MOV8886 is not critical since the valve has no power supplied to it.

10. Critical: Opening HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves QIE21MOV8803A QIE2IMOV88O3A OR B is critical if these valves were closed in the previous steps to provide flow to the core on cold leg recirc.

11. Critical: Starting the lA IA or IB lB chg pump is critical since this will provide cold leg recirc to the core.

12. Critical: Stopping the 11 C chg pump is critical since if this were not done pump damage could result in subsequent steps that isolate discharge flow.

13 Closing MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1IC

13. C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.

14 Opening MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1IC

14. C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.

15

15. Restarting the 11C Chg pump is not critical since the pump will not start start.

16

16. Closing MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC 1C Chg pump (also B B train) will not restart.

17. Opening M0V8885 17 MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B B train valve and the IC 1C Chg pump (also B B train) will not restart.

18.

18. Critical:

Critical: Checking Checking the proper proper alignment alignment and and determining that I-TOT HOT leg leg alignment has not been accomplished is critical, since this recognizes that an an improper alignment exists and the TSC will be be informed to make the determination on how to get hot legleg recirc restored so boron boron does not plate out in in the top of the core and restrict restrict flow.

19. Critical: Calling

19. Critical: Calling the the TSC TSC is critical since is critical since the the TSC TSC will make the will make the determination determination on on how how to to get get hot hot leg leg recirc recirc restored restored so so boron does not boron does not plate out in plate out in the the top top of of the the core core and restrict and restrict flow. ThisThis is is procedurally procedurally guided.

guided.

COMMENTS:The alternate COMMENTS:The path has aitemate path has RHR RHR TO TO RCSReS HOTHOT LEGS LEGS ISOISO MOV8$89 MOV8889 will will not not open open (crh8889 cr2) and (crh8889_cr2) Ie llHSl and IC IUISI pump pump will not start will not start (trg (trg II icvp0l icvpOl <<0.01 command irnfccvp0lcdco2).

0.01 command imfccvpOlc_d__ c02).

Remove power from Remove power from M OV 8886 (ccvh8886cp2).

MOV8886 (ccvh8886_cp2).

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-.33 NRC exam exam JPM JPM c. c. HANDOUT FTANDOUT Pg Pg I1 of of II CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, you you are are to to PERFORM PERFORM THE THE REQUIRED REQUIRED ACTION ACTION FOR FOR TRANSFER TRANSFER TO TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION.

SIMULTANEOUS RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

injection is

a. A safety injection is in in progress progress following aa Large Large Break Break LOCA.

b. The IA 1 A and and IB RI-IR pumps and I B RHR and the lA IA and and IC1 C charging charging pumps are are running in in the cold cold leg leg recirculation alignment.

c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.

d. The 1B lB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.

e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 11 of ESP-1.4.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

(1i 39 4 ) C f?o 333 12115/09 08:21 12/15/09 08:21 Page Page 11 of of77 JOB PERFORMANCE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES MEASURES FORMAL OJT FORMAL OJT REQUIRED REQUIRED PRIOR PRIOR TO TO EVALUATION EVALUATION CRO-333E CRO-333E Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous TITLE: Perfonn Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~ X LOCT -.K X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:

ACCEPTABLE PERFORM X PERFORM ~ X SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR X SIMULATOR ~CONTROLROOM X CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-1SS IC-155 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.

2. During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.

3. If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.

• Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others

• • Potential damage to equipment could occur

• A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure

• • Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded

• • Wrong unitltrain/component unit/train/component is potentially operated

4. All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.

I Trainerillate:

Trainer/Date: Trainee:

Evaluatorillate:

Evaluator/Date: I Overall JPM Performance: I Satisfactory 10 I Unsatisfactory I 0D Evaluator Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

Developer Developer Approval:

Approval: Rick Rick Lulling Lulling 1/08/2008 1/08/2008 Instructional Instructional Technologist Technologist Approval:

Approval: Peppi P.

Peppi P. Cooper Cooper 1/14/2008 111412008 Operations Operations or TRN Supervisor Approval:

or TRN Supervisor Approval: Donna Christiansen Donna Christiansen 1/17/2008 111712008 C:\HLT-33\2 C:\HLT-33\2 NRC NRC communications communications 2009\1 2009\l Outlines Outlines sentsent to to NRC 1215 -2009\JPM NRC 12-15 exam 12-2009\JPM exam 12 2-2009\Bank JPMs 2-2009\Bank JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc used\CRO-333E.doc

12115/0908:21 12/15/0908:21 Page 2 of7 Page2of7 JPM CORRECTION FORM LESSON TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation LESSON NO.: JPM CRO-333E NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL iNITIAL INITIAL DATE PAGE (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.) Developer TRN Supervisor 1/02/08 6 Updated to current procedure versions RLP DMC 8/31/09 8/31109 Various Updated correct chg pmp amps, HHSI flow and LHSI rwm flow C:\HLT33\2 NRC communications 2009\l C:\HLT-33\2 2009\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 2009\JPM exam 12-1215 -2009\JPM 2-2009\Bank JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc

12/15/0908:21 12115/0908:21 Page 33 of7 STANDARDS Apply the following criteria during the performance of this JPM:

a. The task must be performed using the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Specifications, or other references.

b. All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queumg.

queuing.

c. Management expectations are met regarding human performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.

CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.

b. The A and B RHR RI-JR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.

c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.

d. The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.

e. Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 11 ofESP-l.4.

of ESP- 1.4.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

NOTE TO EVALUATOR: THIS JPM CAN BE SIMULATED ON EITHER UNIT.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• 1.

• l. Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD M0V8888A &

Handswitch for MOV8888A &B 5 I/ U S

Q1/2E1 1M0V8888A and 8888B LEGS ISO Ql/2EIIMOV8888A are taken to CLOSE. (CUE:

M0V8888A &

MOV8888A & B green lights lit, valves are closed)

• 2. Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A Handswitch for MOV8887 A& &B S I/ U S

Q1/2E1 1MOV8887A and 8887B Ql12EIIMOV8887A are taken to OPEN. (CUE:

M0V8887A MOV8887 A& & B red lights lit, valves are open)

• 3

• 3. Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S I/ U S

Q1/2E1 1MOV8889 Q1I2EIIMOV8889 to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.)

C:\HLT33\2 NRC communications 2009\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 C:\HLT-33\2 1215 -2009\JPM 2009\JPM exam 12- 12 2-2009\Bank 22009\Bank JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc used\CRO333E.doc

12/15/0908:21 12/15/09 08:21 Page 44 of Page of77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 4

• 4. Close RHR Close RHR TOTO RCS RCS HOT HOT LEGS LEGS XCON XCON Handswitch Handswitch for M0V8887AMOV8887 A & BB SS / UU Q1I2E11MOV8887A Ql/2E1 1M0V8887A andand 8887B 8887B are taken to are to CLOSE.

CLOSE. (CUE:

(CUE:

MOV8887 A & B M0V8887A B green lights lights lit, lit, valves are closed)

5. Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS Light for MOV8889 checked. SS / U ISO Ql/2E1 Q112E11MOV8889 1M0V8889 (CUE: MOV8889 green light lit, valve is closed.)

• 6. Open A (B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD MOV8888A & B Handswitch for M0V8888A B SS / U Q1I2EI1MOV8888A LEGS ISO Ql/2E1 1MOV8888A and are taken to OPEN. (CUE:

8888B. MOV8888A & B M0V8888A B red lights lit, valves are open)

• 7*

• 7. Stop A Chg Pump. Handswitch for A Chg Pump taken SS / U to OFF. (CUE: A Chg Pump amps go to 0 "0" and green light lit.)

• 8. Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U Q1/2E21MOV8803A Ql/2E21MOV8803A and B ISO valves MOV8803A MOV88O3A & & B taken to CLOSE. (CUE: MOV8803A M0V8803A & &

B green lights lit, valves are closed)

• 9*

• 9. Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1I2E21MOV8886.

Q1/2E21MOV8886. to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8886 red light lit, valve is open.)

• 10. Start either A or B Chg Pump. Handswitch for A or B Chg Pump S / U taken to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)

NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS - CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.

• 11.

• 11. Stop C Chg Pump Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken S / U OFF. (CUE:

to OFF. (CUE: C C Chg Pump amps go to "0" 0 and green light lit.)

• • 12

12. Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS Handswitch for MOV8885 taken SS / U COLD COLD LEGS valve Q112E21MOV8885 Ql/2E21MOV8885 CLOSE. (CUE:

to CLOSE. (CUE: MOV 8885 8885 green light lit, green light valve is lit, valve closed.)

is closed.)

C:\HLT-33\2 C:\HLT33\2 NRC NRC communications communications 2009\1 2009\1 Outlines sent to Outlines sent to NRC NRC 12-15 1215 -2009\JPM 2009\JPM examexam 12- 12 2-2009\Bank 22009\Bank JPMs JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc used\CRO333E.doc

12/15/0908:21 12/15/09 08:21 of77 Page 55 of EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

• 13. Open CHG PUMP RECIRCREC1RC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for M0V8884 MOV8884 taken S/U S I U LEGS valve Q1/2E21MOV8884 Q112E2IMOV8884 to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8884 green light lit, valve remains closed.)

14. Stop any running BB train CHG PUMP B train CHG PUMPs checked for S/U running indication. (CUE: No B train CHG PUMPs running.)

15. Close CHG PUMP RECIRC REC1RC TO RCS HOT Light for M0V8884 MOV8884 checked. S/U S I U LEGS valve Q112E2IMOV8884 Q1/2E21M0V8884 (CUE: MOV8884 green light lit, valve is closed.)

• 16. Open CHG PUMP RECIRC REC1RC TO RCS Handswitch for M0V8885 MOV8885 taken S/U COLD LEGS valve Q112E2IMOV8885 Q1/2E21M0V8885 to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8885 red light lit, valve is open.)

• 17. Start C Chg Pump Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken S/U S I U to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)

NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS - CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.

18. LHSI aligned to Check at least one train of LHS1 Alignment checked for proper S I/ U HHSI the hot legs and at least one train HHS1 LHSI and HHS1 LHS1 HHSI line-up. (CUE:

aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and one LHS1 LHS1 LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one HHSI is aligned for hot Train of HHS1 HHSI aligned to hot legs.

train HHS1 legs.)

19. Verify S1 SI flow stable Flow checked on F1-943, FI-943, 940, S/U S I U HHSI Flow A (B) train recirc flow HHS1 FI-605A1605B RHR HDR and F1-605A/605B FI-943 stable at 640 flow. (CUE: F1-943 FI-940 stable at 600 gpm.

gpm and F1-940 FI-605A stable at 3100 gpm and F1-605A FI-605B stable at 3150 gpm.)

F1-605B STOP TIME JPM.

Terminate lPM.

C:\HLT-33\2 C:\HLT33\2 NRC communications 2009\1 2009\l Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 1215 -2009\JPM 2009\JPM exam 12- 12 2-2009\Bank JPMsJpjvJ used\CRO-333E.doc

('

12/15/0908:21 12/15/09 08:21 Page 660f7 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*)

(*) preceding the element number GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-I-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 FNP-1-ESP-1.4, FNP-2-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0

2. KIAs: 006 EA4.07 KIAs: RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None COMMENTS:

C:\HLT-33\2 C:\HLT33\2 NRC communications 2009\1 1215 -2009\JPM 2009\l Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 2009\JPM exam 12-2-2009\Bank JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc

12/15/09 08:21 12115/09 Page 7 of7 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.

b. The A and B RHR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.

c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.

d. The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.

e. Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 11 ofESP-1.4.

of ESP-1.4.

f. A pre-job brief is not required.

C:\HLT-33\2 NRC C:\HLT33\2 NRC communications communications 2009\l 2009\1 Outlines sent to NRC 1215 Outlines sent -2009\JPM exam 12-15 2009\JPM exam 1212-JPMs used\CRO-333E.doc 2-2009\Bank JPMs

HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM d. Page 11 of 6

d. Simulator JPM CRO-047A TITLE: Perform The Required Actions In Response To RCP Seal Failures PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL OLT T -.KX ACCEPTABLE EV ALUATION METHOD: ~

EVALUATION X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ...x.

PROJECTED TIME: 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-128 ALTERNATE AL TERNATE PATH ---.2L X TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

• Initiate a reactor trip in response to a 11 C RCP seal failure.

• Secure the 11CC RCP.

• seal leakoff valve.

Close the 1C RCP #1 sealleakoffvalve.

Examinee:

Overall JPM 3PM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM FORM ES-301-3

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRCNRC exam JPM d. Page 2 of 6 Page CONDITIONS When I tell you to When to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which are:

this task is to be performed are:

a. Plant is in Mode 1I at 100% power.

b. The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE TO EVALUATOR: SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of15 of 15 seconds.

Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to FR-I 54A and observes Checks FR-154A S I/ U 1.

determine if an instrument failure has FR-154A blue pen indicates ~ 9.0 occurred or if a seal problem has developed. gpm, red and green pens indicate ~

3.0 gpm.

ChecksFl-156B,FI-l55BandFI-Checks FI-156B, FI-155B and FI-S I/ U S

l54B and observes FI-156B, FI-154B Fl F1-l54B all indicate> 11 155B and FI-154B gpm.

ChecksPl-156A,l55Aandl54A.

Checks PI-156A, 155A and 154A.

S/U/ U and observes P1-156A PI-156A and P1-PI-155A and PI-154A all read >400 psig.

ChecksFl-130A,F1-l27AandFI-Checks FI-130A, FI-127A and FI-S / U S/U 124A and observes FI-124A reads

~ 9.2gpm, FI-130A FJ-130A reads ~ 7.5 gpm, and FI-127A reads ~ 7.5 gpm.

S S/UI U Checks Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperature and Seal Water Outlet temperature computer points and observes No significant increase in temperature trends identified at this time.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM d.d. Page Page 33 of of 66 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• • 2.

2. Determines that Determines indications of that indications seal failure of aa seal failure Transitions to AOP-4.1.

to AOP-4.1. S / U exist.

exist.

3. Seal leakoff less than 5 gpm.

Check #1 Sealleakoff Identifies IIC C RCP ##1I seal leakoff S I/ U flow> 5 gpm and observes C RCP

1. 1. 11 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.

4. Check ##11 Seal leakoff greater than 6 gpm. Identifies I C RCP ##11 seal leakoff S I/ U flow> 6 gpm and observes 1I C RCP ##11 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.

• • 5. Check ##11 Seal leakoff less than 8 gpm. Identifies 11C C RCP ##11 sealleakoff seal leakoff S I/ U flow> 8 gpm and observes 11 C RCP ##11 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.

• • 6. Manually trip the reactor. Manual reactor trip handswitch S I/ U taken to TRIP position and observes the reactor is tripped.

7. of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Performs actions ofEEP-O, Safety Injection.

a. Check reactor tripped. All reactor trip and reactor trip S I/ U bypass breakers checked - OPEN and observes All reactor trip and bypass breakers are open.

Check nuclear power Falling and observes Nuclear power is falling.

b. Check turbine - TRIPPED.

TSLB2 1, 14-1, 14-2, 14-2, 14-3, 14-3, and SS /I U 14.4 14.4 checked checked and observes observes TSLB2 1,

14-1, 14-2, 14-3, and 14.4 14-2, 14-3, 14.4 lights lit.

c.

c. Check power to Check power to 4160 4160 V ESFESF Power available lights Power available lights for FF & K SS /I U U

busses.

busses. checked observes power checked and observes power available available lights lit. Power lights are lit. Power available available lights lights for G & LL checked G & checked and observes power and observes power available available lights lights are are lit.

lit.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC examexam JPM JPM d. d. Page Page 44 of of 66 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE) d.

d. Verify operating Verify operating diesel diesel generators generators Diesel running Diesel running indication indication checked checked SS // UU are being are being supplied from at supplied from at least least and observes and observes no no diesels diesels are are SW pump.

one SWpump. running.

runnmg.

e. Check SISI status. Check any SI actuated indication SS / U and observes no SI actuation indicated.

f. Check SI required. TSLB bistables and parameters for S / U SI checked and observes SI not required.

NOTE TO EVALUATOR: INDIVIDUAL MAY MENTION THAT TRANSITION TO ESP- ESP 0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE IS REQUIRED BUT SHOULD THEN COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF THE STEPS IN AOP-4.1.

• • 8. Secure 11C C RCP. 11C C RCP handswitch taken to stop S / U and observes lCIC RCP breaker indication green light lit, amps = o.

0.

• • 9.

9. Close lC 1C RCP No. No.11 sealleakoffvalve seal leakoff valve HV- HV814IC HV8141 C handswitch taken to S S / U U 8141C.

8141 C. CLOSE and observes HV8141HV8I41C C green light is lit.

STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when 8141C 8141 C is closed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM d.d. Page Page 55 of of 66 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.1. FNP-1-AOP-4.1, Version FNP-I-AOP-4.1, Version 55 2.

2. K/As: 015 K/As: 015 AA1.22 AAI.22 RO-4.0 RO-4.0 SRO-4.2 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS AND AND EQUIPMENT:

EQUIPMENT:

None None Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP STEP Evaluation Evaluation 1.

1. Check MCB MCB instrumentation instrumentation lAW lAW DC2 to to determine if an instrument instrument failure failure has occurred or or if if aa seal problem hashas developed developed isis not critical critical since an an instrument failure does not exist.

2. Critical: Determines that indications of a seal failure exist is critical since if one does not determine a seal failure exists then the appropriate actions of securing the accomplished.

RCP would not be accomplished.

3. Steps 3 - 4 are not critical since the step could be performed incorrectly and the task done correctly.

4.

4. not critical

5. Critical: Discussion: II believe this is a critical task since this evaluation is critical

• for the correct reason for tripping the reactor.

for

6. Critical: This is a critical task since the 1I C RepRCP has a seal problem and requires the reactor to be tripped and the 1IC C RCP to be secured and the seal isolated.

7. Performing the actions of EEP-O,EEP-0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is not critical since the reactor trips, the main turbine trips, electrical power is available and no DGs started and no SI is called for.

8. Critical: Securing 1IC C RCP is critical to prevent a SB LOCA and further degradation of the RCS.

9. Critical: Closing 1C 1C RCP No.

No.11 seal leakoff valve HV-8141C sealleakoff HV -8141 C is critical to stop the seal from further degradation.

COMMENT COMMENTS: S:

SEAL SEAL FAILURE FAILURE iS IS ALREADY ALREADY INSERTED WHEN \'YHEN SIMULATO SIMULATOR R OPERATOR OPERATOR GOES TO TO RUN. There is RUN. There is a delay ofof 15 seconds. (MALI C /I MALCVC27 15 seconds. MAL-CVC27C C 77 00 15) 15)

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM d.d. HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to to begin, begin, you you are are to to RESPOND RESPOND TO TO PLANT PLANT CONDITIONS.

CONDITIONS. The The conditions conditions under under which which this task this task isis to to be performed are:

be perfonned are:

a.

a. Plant is in Plant is in Mode Mode 11 atat 100%

100% power.

power.

b.

b. The Unit Operator The Operator isis at the Service at the Service Water Structure and Water Structure and the the Shift Shift Supervisor Supervisor has has gone gone toto the restroom.

HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM e. Page 1 1 of 5

e. Simulator JPM CRO-133A TITLE: Start Up The Containment Cooling System PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL OLT T --X X

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 12 MIN SIMULATOR SIMULA TOR IC NUMBER: IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using SOP-12.1 SOP-12.I section 4.1:

• Start up the containment cooling system Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 011 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval ES-301-3 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-30 1-3

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRCNRC exam exam JPMJPM e.e. Page Page 22 ofof 55 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, you you are are to START UP to START UP THE THE CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT COOLING COOLING SYSTEM.SYSTEM. TheThe conditions under conditions which this under which this task task isis to be performed to be performed are:

are:

a.

a. The unit The unit isis in Mode 5.

in Mode 5.

b.

b. Repairs and Repairs modifications to and modifications to the the Containment Containment Air Air Cooling Cooling System have been System have been completed.

completed.

c.

c. Testing has Testing has been completed completed satisfactory.

satisfactory.

d.

d. All preparations have All have been completed.

completed.

e. The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.

• • StartStart ALL of of the CTMT CLR FANs in Fast speed. speed.

• • Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs FANs in High speed.

speed.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• 1. Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW TO S /I U Q1PI6MOV3019A, B, C and D inlet valves QIPI6MOV30l9A, CTMT CLR CLR lA, 1A, B, C, and D (Q1PI6V0IOA, B, C and D).

(QlPI6VOlOA, AND CTMT FPS MOV30l MOV3OI9A, 9A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV30I9A, B, C, & D red lights MOV30l9A, are lit.

2.

2. Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW FROM S S / UU QIPI6MOV344IA, B, C, & D.

outlet valves QlPI6MOV344IA, IA, B, C, and D lA, Q1PI6MOV344IA, B, C, and D to QlPI6MOV344IA, open & observes MOV344IA, B, C, and D red lights are lit.

• 3. Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for 1IA,A, B, C, SS / UU discharge valves Q1P16MOV3O23A, QlPI6MOV3023A, B, C, and D CTMT CLR SW DISCH and D (QIPI6VO44A, (QIP16V044A, B, B, C, and D.) Q1P16MOV3O23A, QlPI6MOV3023A, B, C, and D to open open & observes MOV3O23A, MOV3023A, B, B, C, and D red lights are lit.

4. Verify service water flow through A&B Verifies service water flow SS / UU containment coolers 2 2000 gpm. through A&B containment coolerscoolers 2000 22000 gpm on on FI-3013A and 301 4A.

30l4A.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM JPM e.e. Page Page 33 of of 55 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCj) 5.

5. Verify service Verify service water water flow flow through through C&D C&D Verifies service Verifies service water water flow flow SS // UU containment coolers containment coolers ~ 2675 gpm.

gpm. through C&D containment coolers through C&D containment coolers 2675 gpm

~2675 on FI-3013B gpm on F1-3013B and and FI-Fl 3014B.

NOTE: Fan speed selection in step 6 and 8 is not aa critical task. Starting the fans IS IS aa critical task. Normal speed speed isis fast, fast, but the procedure allows allows either either speed speed and and there is no adverse consequence regardless of the speed chosen.

• 6.

6. Start containment coolers IIA, A, IIB, B, IIC C and I1D D Starts containment coolers lA, IA, IB, S / U in FAST speed. IC and ID in FAST speed by turning switches HOO HOOIA, I A, B, C, and D to start.

7. Verify CTMT CLR lA, 1A, IB, 1B, IC, ID DISCH Verify CTMT CLR lA, IA, IB, IC, S / U 3186A, B, C, and D and OPEN light IID D DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D illuminated, illuminated. and OPEN and observes RED OPEN light illuminated.

• 8. Place containment dome recirculation fans Places containment dome S / U IA, IB, IC, lA, 1C, and ID in HIGH speed. recirculation fans IIA, A, IIB, B, IIC, C, and ID in HIGH speed by turning switches MOO1A, MOOIA, B, C, and D to HIGH & observes RED running lights lit.

9. Operate the containment dome recirculation Operates all of the containment SS / UU fans and containment coolers as necessary to dome recirculation fans to maintain CTMT temperature < < 120°F. maintain containment temperature

< 120°F.

• 10.

10. Open Open IA and lB IB RX CAV CA V CLG DMPR Open HV3999A and B B by taking SS / U U Q1E12HV39 QIEl2HV3999A 99A and B (QIEI2VOOI B (QIEI2VOOIA A and the hand switches to the open B). position & observes HV3999A and B RED lights lit.

B lit.

STOP TIME Terminate Terminate when 1A lA and and lB reactor cavity cavity cooling dampers are open. open.

CRITICAL CRITICAL ELEMENTS ELEMENTS:: Critical Critical Elements Elements are are denoted denoted with with an asterisk (*)

an asterisk before the

(*) before the element element number.

number.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC exam exam JPM JPM e.e. Page Page 44 of of 55 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.1. FNP-I-S0P-12.1, FNP-1-SOP-12.1, Version Version 32.0 32.0

2. KAs:

2. KAs: 022A4.01 022A4.0l RO-3.6 RO-3.6 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.6 022A4.03 RO-3.2 022A4.03 RO-3.2 SRO-3.2 SRO-3.2 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMENT:

EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

Critical STEP Evaluation

1. Critical: Opening MOV3019 M0V3019 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.

2. Critical: Opening MOV3441 M0V3441 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.

3. Critical: Opening MOV3023 M0V3023 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.

4. Steps 4 and 5 are not critical since the flow will be in the required range due to the manipulations above.

valve manipulations

5. not critical, since the flow will be adequate whether checked or not.

6. Critical: Starting the ctmt coolers is critical since they are secured and are required to be running running. The speed at which they are started is not critical critical.

7. Verifying these dampers open is not critical since they open when the coolers are turned on.

8. Critical: Starting the ctmt dome recirc fans is critical since they are secured and are required to be running running. The speed at which they are started is not critical critical.

99. This step is not critical since it verifies the actions of the above steps are complete and ctmt temperature is << 120 120 deg F.

10.

10. Critical: This is a critical step since these dampers are are closed and provides cool cool air from the containment air cooling plenum to be discharged into the cavity around the reactor vessel vessel via damper HV-3999A and B B for cooling.

COMMENT COMMENTS: S:

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRCNRC exam exam JPMJPM e.e. HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, youyou are are to START UP to START UP THE THE CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT COOLING COOLING SYSTEM.

SYSTEM. TheThe conditions under which this task is to conditions under which this task is to be perfonned be performed are:

are:

a.a. The unit The unit isis in in Mode Mode 5. 5.

b.

b. Repairs and modification Repairs and modificationss to to the the Containment Containment AirAir Cooling Cooling System System have have been been completed.

completed.

c.

c. Testing has Testing has beenbeen completed completed satisfactory.

satisfactory.

d.

d. All preparations All preparations have have been completed.

been completed.

e.e. The shift supervisor The shift supervisor hashas directed directed youyou to start up to start up the containment cooling the containment cooling system system per per SOP-12.1 SOP- 12.1 section 4.l.

section 4.1.

• • Start Start ALL of of the the CTMT CTMT CLR CLR FANs FANs in Fast speed.

in Fast speed.

• • Start Start ALL ALL of of the the CTMT CTMT DOME DOME RECIRC RECIRC FANs FANs in in High High speed.

speed.

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM f. Page 11 of 5

f. Simulator JPM CRO-359 Mod.

TITLE: Start IC 1C DG from the EPB and align it to supply the IF 4160v 4I60v Bus, Then Start the IA Charging Pump And Support Equipment PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL OLT T ---X X

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --L X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: lOMIN 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-219 IC-2 19 ALTERNATE PATH l X TIME CRITICAL ~ X PRA X PRA-.X Place the 1-2A DCDG MSS in MODE 3 and HOLD tags on the MSS and both 1-2A i.-2A DG DC output breakers.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

• Start the 11 C DG per ECP-O.O ECP-0.0 and align it to Unit 1.

I.

• Perform an emergency shutdown on the 1IC C DG (due to SW pumps being unavailable for 1IC C DG cooling while running and aligned to Unit 1).

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

EXAMINER:

Validated By BT on AOP-S.l 11-2209 AOP-5.l 22 09 Developer Name: C. Vince Richter j Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM f. Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START lC 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE IF iF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.

The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1I has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.

b. There are no faults on the bus.

c. I-2A DG is tagged out.

1-2A

d. 1IC C Chg pump has tripped.

e. 1IC C DG failed to auto start.

f. Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4160V 4I60V Bus due to a fault.

g. AOP-5. 1, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.

Step 1.6 of AOP-5.l,

h. The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the 1IFF 4160V 4I60V AC Bus using 1IC C DG per AOP-5.1, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the IF 4160v AOP-5.l, 41 60v Bus has power, start the lAIA charging pump and supporting equipment.

i. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• • 1. Place 1ICC DG in Mode 2. IC 1 C MSS placed in Mode 2. S S / U

2. Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG Asks Unit 2 UO if Unit 22 SW S S / U BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537.

TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR (Unit 2 MCB) Q2P16V519/537 are open.

V5 19 and 537 are open)

(CUE: V519

3. Verify open 11CC DIESEL Checks V525 and 533 and S / U GENERATOR GENERA TOR SW SUPP TO/FROM observes no lights LIT.

Unit 2 QIP16V525/533.

Q1P16V525/533.

• • 4. Depress 1 1 C DG start pushbutton. 1 ICC DG start pushbutton depressed SS / U and DG speed increases.

5. Verify 1IC C DG frequency 59 - 61 Hz.

- 1ICC DG frequency checked and is S / UU between 59 - 61 Hz.

6. Verify lC 1C DG voltage 3740 V --4580 4580 V. 11C C DG voltage checked and is S / U between 3740 V - 4580 V.

7. Place 1IC C DG UNIT SELECTOR Places key in USS and selects S / U SWITCH in UNIT 1. UNIT 1.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM f. Page 33 of Page of 55 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 8. Place the SYNCH switch in MAN and The SYNCH switch is placed to S / U CLOSE the output breaker DH07.DHO7. the MAN position and the output DHO7 is closed and the red breaker DH07 light is observed to be LIT.

9. Place Unit 1I 1IC C DG OUTPUT BKR Places the SYNCH SWITCH in OFF S / U DHO7 DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF. and removes the key DFO2-1 will trip open when DH07 NOTE: DF02-1 DHO7 is closed since DF13-1 is closed and a fault exists on the lK 1K bus. This will ensure no SW flow to the lC 1C DG and the DG will have to be secured.

• • 10. Verify breaker DF02-1 DFO2-1 closed, (IF 4160 V 1IFto F to 1lK4l60Vbustiebreaker K 4160V bus tie breaker S S/U/ U bus tie to 11K).

K). DFO2 checked closed and the DF02 DFO2 is open and green light is lit, DF02 an AMBER fault light will be observed.

The following EPB alarm will be in: WEI, 2,3,4 and WDl,2,3.

WDI,2,3.

II.

11. Secure the 11 C diesel per the plaque on the Obtains Attachment 1I and S / U U EPB or in a round about way WE4 will send commences emergency shutdown.

AOP-100 which will secure the the operator to AOP-l DG per Attachment 1I of AOP-l AOP-I0. O.

12. Verify SI-RESET, MLB-lMLB-I 1-1 not lit Observes MLB-1 MLB-l 1-1 and MLB-1 MLB-l S/U S / U MLB-I MLB-l 11-111-I not lit. 11-1 not lit.

13. Place the affected diesel generator MODE Checks MSS in Mode 2 position. SS / UU SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.

14. Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Observes the DIESEL EMERGEM ERG SS / U U

EMERG START RESET pushbutton. START RESET light go out.

• Depress affected diesel generator STOP

• 15. Observes the Diesel STOP light is SS / U U

pushbutton. lit.

• 16. Place affected diesel generator MODE Places the DG MSS in Mode 33 SS / U U

• 16.

SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.

SELECTOR 3. position.

17.

17. Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Depress Depresses Depresses the DIESEL EMERG SS / U U

EMERG STARTSTART RESET pushbutton. START RESET pushbutton START pushbutton again.

again.

STOP STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when DIESELDIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.

EMERG START

FNP HLHLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM f. Page 4 of 5 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. AOP-5.O Version 26 FNP -I-AOP-S.O

2. K/As 055EA1.02 OSSEAI.02 RO-4.3 SRO-4.4 055EA1.06 055EAI.06 RO-4.1 RO-4.l SRO-4.6 055EA2.03 RO-3.9 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1. Critical: Placing the 11 C DG in Mode 2 is a critical step to be able to start the 11 C DG.

2. Verify open Unit 2 SW TOIFROM TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537 (Unit 2 MCB) open is not critical since these valves are open.

3. Verify open IC 1C DIESEL GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 22 QIP16V525/533 Q1P16V525/533 not critical since these valves are open and de-energized.

de-energized

4. Critical: Depressing the 1IC C DG start pushbutton is a critical step in order to start the lCDG.

IC DG.

5

5. Steps 5-6 not critical since these actions occur automatically when the DG comes up to speed.

6

6. not critical 7

7. Place I1C C DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT II is not critical since under these plant conditions there is no consequence. HOWEVER, this action will keep the IIC C DG aligned to unit II on subsequent Unit 22 events.

DISCUSS I)ISCCSS with examiner: Is this action Critical since under some situations it would be required.

8. Critical: Placing BKR DFI3-1 DF13-1 sync switch in MAN is critical to be able to close this breaker.

Critical: Placing BKR DF 13-1 handswitch taken to close is critical in order to close the breaker.

99. Place Unit 1I 1CIC DG OUTPUT BKR DHO7 DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF is not critical since this has no adverse affects to the plant.

10. Critical: Verify breaker DFO2-1 DF02-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to 1K) IK) since this is what tells the operator there is no SW to the 11 C DG.

11 II. Pulling Attachment 11 or the plaque is not critical critical as long as the 1I C DG is secured properly.

12

12. Verify SI-RESET Sl-RESET is not critical since there is no SI signal signal.

13

13. Placing the MSS in Mode 2 is not critical since the switch is already in Mode 22.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRCNRC examexam JPM JPM f.f. Page Page 55 of of 55

14. Depressing

14. Depressing the the diesel diesel generator generator DIESEL DIESEL EMERGEMERG START START RESET RESET pushbutton pushbutton isis not critical not critical in in order order toto secure secure the the DG DG since since anan emergency emergency start start signal signal isis not not present.

present.

15. Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is

15. Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is critical critical in in order order for for the the DG DG to to stop.

stop.

16. Critical: Placing

16. Critical: Placing the the MSS MSS inin mode mode 33 is is critical critical to to keep keep the the DG DG from from restarting.

restarting.

17. Depressing the

17. Depressing the DIESEL DIESEL EMERG EMERG STARTSTART RESET RESET pushbutton pushbutton again again is is not not critical critical for this for this condition.

condition.

COMMENTS: 1-2A COMMENTS: 1-2A DGDG tagged tagged out overcurrent trip out - overcurrent on DF01 trip on DFO1 (cbk1df01_d_cc10 (cbkldfOl_dcclO closed).

closed).

This JPM starts the 11C C DG per AOP-5.1 and aligns itit to unit 11 A Train 4160v bus. bus. 11 B B DGDG will be running on B Train and the 1C10 HHSI HHSI pump will be (ccvpOlc_dco2). A Train will be on service.

be tripped (ccvp01c_d_co2).

Unit 2 A Train 2K Unit 2K 4160V bus is de-energized de-energized (cbk2df02_cc5 (cbk2dfO2_cc5 closed).

closed). A fault on DF02DFO2 which will come come in DHO7 breaker when DH07 breaker isis closed closed (cbk1dfo2_co2).

(cbkldfo2_co2). The 1C 1C DGDG will have have to be be shutdown lAW lAW attachment attachment 11 oror EPB Plaque EPB Plaque due due to nono SW SW flow.

This would be the board normal alignment for the conditions given.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM f.f. HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are to to START START lC 1C DG DG FROM FROM THE THE EPB EPB AND AND ALIGN ALIGN IT IT TO TO SUPPLY SUPPLY THE lF THE iF 4160V 4160V BUS, BUS, THEN THEN START START THE THE lA1A CHARGING CHARGING PUMP PUMP AND AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.

The conditions The conditions under under which which this this task to be task isis to be performed are:

performed are:

a.

a. Unit 1I has Unit has experienced experienced aa Loss Loss ofof AC AC power power to to A A Train.

Train.

b. There are There are no faults on no faults on the bus.

c. l-2A DO 1-2A DG is tagged out.

d. 1C IC Chg pump has tripped.

e. I1C DG failed to auto start.

C DO

f. Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4I60V Unit 41 60V Bus due to a fault.

fault.

g. Step 5 of ECP-O.O, LossLoss of ALL AC, to verify the load shed is complete.

h. The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the 1I F 4160V 41 60V AC Bus using 1I C DO DG per ECP-O.O, starting at step 5.2.2.1, and when the IF 4I60v 4160v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.

i. A pre-job brief is not required.

I 12115/0908125/0903131/098022 12/15/0908125/0903131109 AM233 PM7:56 8:22 AM2:33 PM7056 AM AM 8Mfr e,4v>Vo-JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES J f f1"- ~ p) CfLO ~ 0:'g~1 of 66 Page 1 of FORMAL OJt REQUIRED PRIOR TO EVALUATION CRO-359E TITLE: Start 1C IC DG From The EPB And Align To Supply iF IF 4160V Bus PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT -L X LOCT ---.XX ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -LX PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 6 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-176 IC-I76 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL X PRA ---.X X

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.

2. During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.

3. If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.

• Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others

• Potential damage to equipment could occur

• A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure

• Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded

• Wrong unit/train/component is potentially operated

4. All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.

Trainer/Date:

Trainerillate: Trainee:

Evaluator/Date:

Evaluatorillate:

Overall JPM Performance: 1 Satisfactory 1 0 I Unsatisfactory I 0 EJ Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

Developer Approval: Tom Blindauer 2/12/09 2112/09 TRN Supervisor/Sr. Instructor Approval Donna Christiansen 2/19/09 Version 11 Version

I 12115/0908/25/0903/311098:22 12/15/0908125/0903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM of 6 Page 2 of6 JPM CORRECTION FORM LES SON TITLE:

LESSON 1 C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply IF Start IC 1 F 4I60V 41 60V Bus LESSON NO.: JPM CRO-359E Version & NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL INITIAL DATE PAGE (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.) Preparer TRN Supervisor 2/12/09 Version 1 1 Changed the performance mode for this JPM TGB DMC to PERFORM ONL ONLYY and the performance Cover location to the SIMULATOR per Al AI page 2008206954. This is a time critical JPM and with the required cues being provided in the simulation mode the time critical time can not be met in most cases. This JPM is best suited for perform only.

2/12/09 Ver 1 Ver1 Removed cues from the elements of the JPM TGB DMC (except for the L.O. temp check). Since this is 3, 4, 5 3,4,5 a perform only JPM, no verbal cues are to be provided. Cues will be provided by plant conditions real-time on the simulator Version 11

I 12115/0908/25/0903131/098:22 12/151090812510903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page Page 33 of of66 STANDARDS STANDARDS Apply Apply thethe following criteria criteria during the performance during the performance of of this JPM:

JPM:

a.

a. The The task must be task must performed using the be performed appropriate plant the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Technical Specifications, Specifications, oror other references.

other

b. All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queuing.

queumg.

c. Management expectations are met regarding human performance performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.

CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN TO SUPPLY iF IF 4160V BUS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 11 has experienced a loss of all AC power, no previous SI signals.

b. I-2A DG is tagged out.

l-2A

c. lB DG failed to start when attempted.

IB DO

d. lC I C failed to auto start.

e. DG tripped on essential engine protection when started as SBO diesel.

2C DO

f. Load shed of emergency buses has been verified complete.

g. Unit 2 has no A"A" train power to 2K 4160v 4I60v Bus.

h. You have been directed to restore power to iF 4I60V AC Bus using 1C IF 4160V DG per ECP-0.0, IC DO ECP-O.O, Step 5.2.2, RNO.

i.

1. This JPM contains time critical elements.

j.

J. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• 1. Place IlC DO in Mode 2 C DG I1CC MSS placed in Mode 2. S5 / U

• 2. Depress I1 C DG DO start pushbutton I1 C DG DO start pushbutton depressed. S / U FNOTE: PERFORMANCE OF ELEMENTS 3 THROUGH 15 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE COMPLETED IN < <33 MINUTES.

START CRITICAL TIME

3. Verify IC1C DG DO frequency 58 - 62 Hz.

- I1C DO frequency checked.

C DG SS/U

/ U

4. Verify IC DO voltage 4.0 KV - 4.3 KV.

1C DG - I1 C DG DO voltage checked. SS/U

/ U

5. Check I1C DO output breaker closed.

C DG DHO7 DO output breaker DH07 1 C DG IC SS/U

/ U checked.

Version 11 Version

I 12/1510908/2510903/311098:22 12/15/0908/25/0903/31/09 8:22 AM2:33 AM2:33 PM7:56 PM7:56 AM Page Page 44 of6 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

6. Verify 1ClC DG in Mode 2. 1C 1C DG MSS placed in Mode 2. SS / U

• 7*

• 7. Place 1ClC DG output breaker DHO7-l DH07-1 sync DHO7-1 DH07 -1 sync switch placed in SS / U switch in MAN. MAN.

• 8. DH07-1.

Close DHO7-1. DHO7-1 DH07-1 handswitch taken to close. SS / U

9. Check iF IF 4160V AC bus energized. iF IF 4160 supply DF13-1 checked SS / U closed or iF IF 4160V AC bus potential lights checked on.

10. Reset SI, if present. Checks MLB1 MLB 1 1-1 and 11-1. SS / U

• 11.

• 11. Place BKR DF DF13-1 13-1 sync switch in MAN. DF 13-1 sync switch placed in DF13-1 SS / U MAN.

• 12. When the load shed has been verified, close BKR DF13-1 handswitch taken to SS / U breaker D F 13-1.

DF13-1. close.

13. Verify breaker DF02DFO2 closed. iF to IK IF 1K 4I60V 4160V bus tie breaker S S / U DFO2 checked.

DF02

14. Monitor 11C C DG load. 11C C DG MW meter check. S S / U

• 15. Verify two SW pumps in 'A' A train running. A Train SW Handswitch for two 'A' S / U S

pumps taken to start.

STOP STOP CRITICAL TIME WHEN FIRST SW PUMP RUNNING. I

16. Verify SW to/from DG BLDG A HDR Valves checked. S / U QIP16V519/537 Q1P16V519/537 open.

17. Checks 11 C DG lube oil temperature alarm Directs SO to check 11 C DG lube S / U clear.

clear, oil temperature alarm clear. (CUE:

SO reports alarm clear.)

STOP TIME Terminate Terminate when IC 1 C DG temperature alarm checked. I CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

Version 11

I 12/151090812510903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM 1211510908/2510903/311098:22 Page 55 of6 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. ECP-0.0, Version 22.0 FNP -l-ECP-O.O,

2. KlAs KJAs 055EA1.02 RO-4.3 SRO-4.4 055EA1.06 055EAI.06 RO-4.1 SRO-4.6 055EA2.03 RO-3.9 SRO4.7 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None COMMENTS:

Version 11

I 12/15/0908/25/0903/31/09 8:22 AM2:33 12115/0908/25/0903/31/098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 PM7:56 AMAM Page Page 66 of6 of6 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to to begin, begin, you you are are to START IC to START 1C DGDG FROMFROM THE THE EPBEPB AND AND ALIGN ALIGN TO TO SUPPLY SUPPLY IF iF 4160V BUS.

4160V BUS. The The conditions conditions under under which which this this task task isis to be performed to be performed are:

are:

a.a. Unit I1 has Unit has experienced experienced aa loss loss of of all all AC AC power, power, nono previous previous SISI signals.

signals.

b. b. 1-2A DG I-2A DG isis tagged tagged out.

out.

c.c. IlB DG failed B DG failed to to start start when when attempted.

attempted.

d. d. I1C failed to C failed to auto auto start.

start.

e.e. 2C DG 2C DG tripped tripped onon essential essential engine protection when engine protection started as when started as SBO SBO diesel.

diesel.

f.f. Load shed Load shed of emergency buses of emergency buses has been verified has been verified complete.

complete.

g. Unit 22 has Unit has nono "A" train power A train power to to 2K 2K 4I60v 4160v Bus.

Bus.

h. have been directed You have directed to restore powerpower to IFiF 4I60V 41 60V AC AC Bus Bus using using IC1C DG DG per per ECP-O.O, ECP-O.O, Step Step 5.2.2, 5.2.2, RNO.

RNO.

i. This

1. This JPM JPM contains time critical elements.

j.J. A pre-job brief isis not required.

Version 11 Version

HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM g. Page 11 of 6

g. Simulator JPM CRO-092 TITLE: Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW pump trip PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL OLT T --X X

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -X L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: MI1J 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-2IS IC-215 ALTERNATE PATH X ALTERNATEPATH~ TIME CRITICAL TIMECRITICAL PRA Base IC-4 Place HOLO HOLI) tags on oii the fA IA and III 18 chg dig pumps, AU All PRZR heaters and a CAlJTION CAUTION 'fag Tag on the tB lB RM.W pump.

RMW TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this lPM: JPM:

• Secure affected equipment in AOP-9.0 due to a loss ofCCW.

of CCW.

• Transition to AOP-12.0 when directed by AOP-9.0.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0J Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 ES-30I-3 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC NRC examexam JPM JPM g. g. Page Page 22 ofof 66 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to to begin, begin, you you are are to to PERFORM PERFORM CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ACTIONS IN IN RESPONSE RESPONSE TO TO AA TRIP TRIP OF OF THE lA THE 1A CCW PUMP. The CCW PUMP. The conditions conditions under under which which this this task task is to be performed are:

is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in in Mode 5, <1 80°F, the pressurizer 5, RCS temp <180°F, pressurizer is solid and RCS RCS pressure pressure is 95 psig.

b.

b. A Train is the the on-service CCW train.

c. Both trains of Both of RHR running in the RCS RHR are running RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown Low Pressure Letdown aligned to to AA Train.

Train.

d. 11 C Charging pump is running.

e. 1A and IB lA lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 UOP-.2.2 step 5.39.

f. The 1IAA CCW pump has just tripped.

g. You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.

h. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Verify CCW pump started in affected train. Checks 1IA A CCW pump has S S / U U tripped. AAAAI1 alarm is in and 1IA A

CCW pump HS has an amber and green light lit.

lB IB CCW pump is aligned to the A Train.

2. Verify CCW pump started in non affected train. Checks 11C C CCW pump running SS / UU and observes the red light lit with CCW flow in the loop.

3.

3. Start Start charging pump in non affected train. No pump available available due to <180°F SS / UU and and both IA 1B chg pump is 1A and lB is tagged out.

(If required CUE: SSS acknowledges need need for racking racking an A in an in A train Chg Chg pump pump breaker) breaker)

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM g.

NRC exam Page 3 of 6 Page EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

NOTE: ** Element 4 may not be performed until after the ARP is referenced. AOP-9.0 does not provide clear guidance to secure the IIC C Chg pump since another Chg pump is not readily available. If not performed within AOP-9.0 then ARP response is expected to ensure the Charging pump is secured.

ENSURE that the Simulator operator does not Silence/Acknowledge EA3 alarm.

• • 4. Stop IC 1C Charging pump. (either using AOP-9.0 or Hand switch for 1ICC charging pump S / U ARP-1.5, EA3)

ARP-l.5, taken to STOP. Observes IIC C

a. IF Evaluates EA3 then: Dispatches an operator charging pump green light lit, II C to report I C Chg pump local temperatures. charging pump amps, discharge FI-122 pressure and FI -122 indicate O.

0.

CUE: "The The 1C Chg pump LO temp is 165°F and rising.

rising."

b. After report of temps 160°F, immediately secures the IICC Chg pump.

NOTE: Evaluation of element 5 should lead to AOP-9.0, step 2 RNO, based on NOTE before step 2 Adequate CCW flow means sufficient cooling is available to maintain acceptable that says, "Adequate RCPs etc.)."

temperatures. (i.e. charging pumps, RHR cooling, SFP cooling, RCP's etc.). If at this note the candidate continues on in the procedure then proceed to Element 10.

5. Check CCW system adequate for continued plant Checks parameters for CCW S S/U/ U support: cooling being adequate:

all parameters checked are as expected:

- Check CCW flow adequate

- - CCW flow on FI-3I54C FI-3 I 54C normal but charging pump temperatures are increasing.

- RCPtemp<195°F

- RCP temp < 195°F - RCP temps normal due to none running

- CCW pump not Cavitating

- - II C CCW pump not cavitating

- Surge tank>13

- tank> 13" - LI-3096A & & B are normal If Step 2 RNO applied, start here to complete task.

6. Establish an operable charging pump in the non Request for SS to tag in 1IAA or II B B S / U S/U affected train. Charging pump on the non affected train to recover a charging pump.

(CUE: IF requested then SSS acknowledges.)

acknowledges. )

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM g.

T-33 NRC of 66 Page 4 of Page EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

7. Request SSS to align Fire water per AOP- If a request for SSS to align Fire S I/ U 9.0, attachment 1I to the 1IC C Charging pump water per AOP-9.0, attachment 1, may be made.

may to the 11 C Charging pump (CUE:

IF requested, then SSS acknowledges)

• • 8. Stop the affected RHR pump (lB). (IB). Secures IB lB RHR pump, observes S I/ U FI-605B green light lit, amps and FI-60SB are O.

0.

• • AOP-12.

9. Enter AOP-I2. AOP-12.

Declares need to enter AOP-I2. S I/ U U

(CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)

If Step 2 RNO not applied, start here to complete task.

task

10. Verify SW flow supplied to the A Train. Checks FI3009CA and arid observes S I/ U flow is normal.

11. Check the ON SERVICE Train affected. Checks only B train affected. S / U S/U

12. Check both RHR pumps stopped. Checks lights and flow for 1IA A&& S / U S/U 1I B RHR pumps running and observes the red lights lit for both pumps with flow.

• • 13.

] 3. Stop 1lBB RHR pump. Secures 1lB B RHR pump, observes S I/ U S U green light lit, amps and FI-605B FI-60SB O.

are 0.

• • AOP-12.

14. Enter AOP-I2. Declares need to enter AOP-I2.

AOP-12. S I/ U (CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)

STOP TIME I Terminate JPM after AOP-12 is entered.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM g. Page 5 of 6 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

I. FNP-1-AOP-9.0, version 22.0 FNP-I-AOP-9.0,

2. K/As: 008A2.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 026AA1.02 026AAI.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation 1.

2

2. taken Elements 1-3 are not critical since no action is being taken.

3.

4. Critical: Stopping the IIC C charging pump is a critical task since this protects a valuable safety related piece of equipment. This can be done within AOP-9 OR using the ARP.

5. Elements 5 - 7 are not critical since these steps can not be done in the control room and will not take care of the situation.

6. Not critical since in this mode it is not critical to get that charging pump back. The A Train RHR pump is running and will provide cooling and flow to the core.

7. Not critical since aligning fire water would work but is not the proper course of action considering the mode and situation and racking in one charging pump on the other train would take care of the charging pump situation.

8. Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1 B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.

9. guidance to Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidan,ce control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.

10

10. not critical II.

11 not critical

12. not critical

13. Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1B) (1 B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.

14. Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidance to control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.

COMMENTS:

FNP HLT-33 FNP HL NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM JPM g. g. HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, are to you are to PERFORM PERFORM CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE ACTIONSACTIONS IN IN RESPONSE RESPONSE TO TO AA TRIP TRIP OF OF THE 11A THE A CCW PUMP. The CCW PUMP. The conditions conditions under under which which this this task task is to to be be performed are:

a. The Plant isis in The in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure pressure is 95 psig.

psig.

b. A Train is is the the on-service CCW train.

c.

c. of RHR are Both trains ofRHR are running in the RCS cool cool down down mode mode with Low Low Pressure Letdown Letdown aligned aligned to to A Train.

d. 1IC C Charging pump is running.

e. 1A and IB IA lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.

f. The 1IAA CCW pump has just tripped.

g. You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.

h. A pre-job brief is not required.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM h.

NRC exam h. Page Page 11 of of 77

h. Simulator Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" A Is Actuated And Aligned PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~ X LOCT ---X X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION: ~ X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-182 IC.182 ALTERNATE PATH X ALTERNATEPATH~ TIME CRITICAL X TIMECRITICAL~ PRA~

PRA X TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using EEP-O EEP-0 Attachment 2:

• Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A"A Is Actuated And Aligned.

• ( 20 minutes).

Time critical portions must be successfully completed within the time specified (:::

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0 D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C.C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP HL FNP HLT33 T-33 NRCNRC examexam JPM JPM h.h. Page Page 22 of of 77 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you to begin, you to begin, you you are are to to VERIFY VERIFY CTMTCTMT ISOLATION ISOLATION PHASE PHASE "A" A ISIS ACTUATED ACTUATED AND AND ALIGNED. The conditions ALIGNED. The conditions under under which which this this task task isis to to be performed are:

be performed are:

a.a. A safety A injection has safety injection has occurred occurred and and only only 'B' train actuated.

B train actuated.

b.

b. EEP-O EEP-O isis inin progress.

progress.

c.

c. You are You directed to are directed verify Phase' to verify Phase A Containment Isolation A' Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, per Attachment 2, Step Step 11 II of of EEP-O.

EEP-O.

d.

d. This JPM contains time critical elements.

This JPM contains time critical elements.

e.

e. A pre-job A pre-job brief brief is not required.

is not required.

I NOTE:

NOTE: A PORTION A PORTION OF OF THIS THIS JPM JPM IS IS TIME TIME CRITICAL CRITICAL EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME 1.

1. Verifi PHASE A CTMT ISO Verify actuated. Check MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT. S / U 2.

2. Actuate train "A" A CTMT ISO A CTMT ISO PHASE A handswitch Train "A" PHASE S / U PHASEA. A. placed to actuate.

NOTE: PERFORMA PERFORMANCE NCE OF ELEMENTS 3 AND 4 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE PERFORMED IN <

PERFORMED <2020 MINUTES.

CRITICAL TIME START

3. Check all MLB2 lights lit. Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT lit. SS / UU

• 4

• 4. Verifies Phase A CTMT SS / UU isolation isolation using attachment 3. 3. For each light not lit, the handswitch for the component is taken taken to the required position position to ensure ensure MLB2 light light LIT.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM h.

h. Page Page 11 ofof 77 NOTE:

NOTE: ** THE BELOW CHART THE BELOW CHART IS IS INTENDED INTENDED TO TO BE BE USED USED AS AS ANAN EXAMINER EXAMINER AIDE.AiDE.

• BOXES WITH BOXES WITH AN AN X DESIGNATE THE X DESIGNATE THE INDICATING INDICATING LIGHT LIGHT IS IS INTI ALL Y LIT.

INTIALLY LIT.

PLACE AN ADDITIONAL PLACE ADDITIONAL X IN IN EACH EACH BOX AS AS THE THE EXAMINEE EXAMINEE MANIPULATES MANIPULATES ASSOCIATED COMPONENT THE ASSOCIATED COMPONENT AND AND THE INDICATING INDICATING LIGHT LIGHT ILLUMINATES.

ILLUMINATES.

• • IF ALL MLB-2 LIGHTS ARE LIT LIT THEN THEN ALL OF OF THETHE ELEMENTS ARE CONSIDERE D SAT. THE TABLE CONSIDERED SAT. THE TABLE IS PROVIDED PROVIDED AS AS AN AN ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT FOR EXAMINER FOR CUEING THE EXAMINEE THE EXAMINER EXAMINEE AND MARKING WHICH COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN MANIPULATED.

COMPONENTS MANIPULATED.

1 2 33 4 55 6 77 88 99 10 10 CONTRM CONTRM 1 CTMT ISO CTMTISO 3657 3657 319 3772A 3772A 8112 8112 LC 003 7126 FILT FAN PRZN FAN 3622 3622 PHASEA PHASE A CLOSED C S CLOSED CLOSED OS CLOSED IAON IAON CLOSED 3234A 3660 319 3772B 8149A 3377 31 310 3649 3624 2

CLOSED CLOSED C SE CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OSE C SE C SE CLOSED P16V515 PI6V515 3318B 3772C 814 3380 80 3765 3649 3626 3

CLOSED CLOSED OSE CLOSED OSE CLOSED OSED CLOSED SE CLOSED 4

P16V517 PI6V517 CLOSED 3999A CLOSED ~ OSED 3443 CLOSED 8149C CLOSED OSED 80 OSE 37 LOSE 364 OSE 3628 CLOSED

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPM JPM h.

h. Page Page 22 of of 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 4

• 4. CONTINUED CONTINUED

• 1.2

• 1-2 TDAFWP STM TDAFWP STM SUPP SUPP WARMUP WARMUP ISO ISO (BOP)-

(BOP) I U SS/U Q iN 1 2HV3234A Q1N12HV3234A 1-3

• 1-3 SW TO TURB BLDG SW BLDG ISO ISO AA TRN-QIP16V515 TRN-Q1P16V515 I U SS/U 1-4

• 1-4 SW TO SW TURB BLDG ISO TO TURB ISO BB TRN-QIP16V517 TRN-Q1P16V517 I U SS/U

• 2 I

• 2-1 CTMTATMOS CTMT ATMOS TO R-ll/12 R-1i/12 ISO (BOP)-

(BOP) I U SS/U Q1E14HV3657

• 22

• 2-2 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11112R-l 1/12 ISO (BOP)-

(BOP) I U SS/U QI El 4M0V3660 QIE14MOV3660

• 23

• 2-3 CTMT L'lPAP ISO (BOP)-QIE14MOV3318B (BOP)-Q1EI4MOV3318B S I U S/U

• 24

• 2-4 CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A RX CAY S I U S/U

• 4

• 4-1 S I U CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP) S/U Q1N25HV3772A

• 42

• 4-2 CHEM ADD TO 1B lB SG ISO (BOP)

(BOP)- S I U S/U Q 11N25HV3772B N25HV3 772B

• 4-3 CHEM ADD TO 1I C C SG ISO (BOP)

(BOP)- S I U S/U Q1N25HV3772C QIN25HV3772C

• 44

• 4-4 CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT LTDN/RCDT HXS HXS- S I U S/U Q1P17HV3443 Q1P17HV3443

• 5.

• 5-1I RCP RCP SEAL SEAL WTR WTR RTN ISO-QI ISO-Q1E21MOV8112 E2 I MOV8 112 S I U S/U

• 52

• 5-2 LTDN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A GPM-Q1E21HV8149A S I U S/U

• 54

• 5-4 LTDN LTDN ORIFORIF ISO ISO 60 60 GPM-Q1E2IHV8I49C GPM-QIE21HV8149C S I U S/U

• 62

• 6-2 CTMT CTMT SUMPSUMP DISCH DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 S I U S/U 6-3

• 6-3 CTMT CTMT SUMPSUMP RECIRC RECIRC (BOP)

(BOP) S I U S/U Q1G21HV3380 QIG21HV3380

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM h.

h. Page Page 33 ofof 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 4

• 4. CONTINUED CONTINUED

• 71

• 7-1 RCDT VENT RCDT VENT LINE LINE ISO-Q 1021 HV7126 ISO-Q1G21HV7126 SS II UU

• 81

• 8-1 IA CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT lA S I/ U (BOP)-QSV49FOO (BOP)-QSV 49FOO 11 A/3A

• 83

• 8-3 RCS LOOPS 2 &

RCS SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-

& 3 SAMPLE SS I/ U Q1P15HV3765 QIP15HV3765

• 91

• 9-1 1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-

1A S I/ U QSV49FOO2A QSV49F002A

• 10_i

• 10-1 COMPUTER RM HV HVAC AC RTN (BOP)- S I/ U QSV47HV3 622 QSV47HV3622

• 102

• 10-2 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624 S I U S/U 10-3

• 10-3 COMPUTER RM HV HVAC AC SUPP (BOP)- S I/ U QSV47HV3626

• 104

• 10-4 CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)- S I/ U QSV49HV3628 QSV 49HV3628 STOP TIME I CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

1. FNP-1-EEP-0, FNP-I-EEP-O, Version 37.0 37.0

2. IPE/PRA IPE/PRA Human Reliability Reliability Analysis Notebook List of of Operator Operator Actions 3.6.10 3.6.10 and and 3.6.11 3.6.11 3.

3. K/As: 013A4.01 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 SRO-4.8

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM h.h. Page of 77 Page 44 of GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMENT:

EQUIPMENT:

None None Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

justification:

ELEMENT ELEMENT Evaluation 1 NOT Critical Actions not required NOT Critical: Actions not required to to complete complete task successfully task successfully.

2 Critical Action will be unsuccessful, NOT Critical: unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.

3 NOT Critical:

Critical Actions not required to complete task successfully.

successfully 4 Task completion:

Critical: Task completion: 2 fans fans must be started started and and 22 valves/dampers valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.

COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 JPM JPM h. h. HANDOUT HANDOUT Page Page 11 of of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you to begin, you to begin, youyou are are to to VERIFY VERIFY CTMT CTMT ISOLATION ISOLATION PHASE PHASE "A" A IS IS ACTUATED ACTUATED AND AND ALIGNED. The ALIGNED. The conditions conditions underunder which which this this task task isis to to be be performed performed are:

are:

a.a. A safety A safety injection injection has occurred and has occurred and only only 'B' B train actuated.

train actuated.

b.

b. EEP-O isis in EEP-O in progress.

progress.

c.

c. You are You directed to are directed to verify verify Phase Phase 'A' A Containment Containment Isolation Isolation per per Attachment Attachment 2, 2, Step Step II 11 ofEEP-O.

of EEP-O.

d.

d. This JPM This JPM contains contains timetime critical critical elements.

elements.

e.

e. A pre-job A pre-job brief brief isis not not required.

required.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM i.I. Page Page 11 of of 66 i.I. In In Plant Plant JPM JPM SO-386 SO-386 TITLE: Commence TITLE: Commence A A Waste Waste Gas Gas Release Release PROGRAM APPLICABLE:

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOT ~ X SOCT SOCT OLT~

OLT X LOCT LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: METHOD: ~ X PERFORM PERFORM ~ X SIMULATE SIMULATE DISCUSS DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:

EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR SIMULATOR CONTROL CONTROL ROOM ROOM ~ X PLANT PLANT PROJECTED TIME:

PROJECTED TIME: MEN 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:

SIMULATOR NUMBER: N/A N/A ALTERNATE PATH ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITI TIME CRITICAL CAL PRA PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

I. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets 1.

after the Unit 11 numbers: Unit 1I numbers [Unit 2 numbers].

2. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-I [2]-SOP-51.1 :

FNP-l[2]-SOP-51.l:

• Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name:

Name: C. C. Vince Vince Richter Richter I Date: 10-29-09 Date: 10-29-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM FORM ES-301-3 ES-301-3

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRCNRC examexam JPM JPM i.i. Page Page 22 of of 66 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, are to you are to COMMENCE COMMENCE A WASTE GAS A WASTE GAS RELEASE.

RELEASE. The The conditions conditions under under which this task is which this task is to be to be performed performed are: are:

a. plant is in Mode The plant Mode 1.1.

b. The initial initial conditions of ofSOP-51.1 SOP-51. 1 have been completed.

c.

c. #3 WGDTis

1. 3 WGDTis at at 60 60 psig, and and has been sampled sampled and analyzed.

and analyzed.

d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-20S. CCP-208.

e. The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0.SOP-5 1.0.

f. SOP-5 1.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 SOP-51.1 R- 14 which has been tested and restored to normal.

g. You are directed to complete SOP-5l.1, SOP-5 1.1, starting at step 4.1.7, 4.1 .7, to release #3 WGDT.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• 1.I. Open #3 WGDT outlet valve. QI1[2]G22VO Q [2JG22V0 19C I 9C TPNS number is S / U SOP-5 1.11 and opened recorded in SOP-51.

by turning the handwheel counter-counter clockwise. (CUE: V019C VOI9C is open.)

• 2.

• 2. Open bank 'A' A GDT bank outlet valve. Q1[2]G22V017 Q1 [2]G22V017 TPNS number is SS / U U

recorded in SOP-51.

SOP-5 1.11 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.

V017 is open.)

(CUE: VOl7

3. Verify RCV-14 RCV -14 flow controller is set at zero RCV-14 flow controller is verified SS / U U

position. at zero demand. (CUE: RCV -14 indicates 0'0' demand.)

4. Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Checks setpoint on on plant vent SS / U U

is set for 1515 psi. pressure regulator QI Q1 [2]G22V205.

[2]G22V205.

(CUE:

(CUE: V205 setpoint indicator indicator is set for 1155 psi.)

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM i.i. Page of 66 Page 33 of EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

NOTE: STUDENT SHOULD DESCRIBE THE METHOD FOR OBTAINING A A MASTER MASTER VALVE VALVE KEY: THE KEY KEY IS IS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ON ON THE RADSIDE OPERATOR OPERATOR KEY RING OR IT MAY BE CHECKED CHECKED OUT OUT FROM SSS SSS OFFICE OFFICE (SOP-O.O, (SOP-0.0, SECT.

SECT. 14.0).

14.0).

• 5*

• 5. Using Master Valve key, unlock and open Q1[2]G22V089 is unlocked and S / U RCV-14 RCV -14 upstream isolation. turned counterclockwise until opened.

(CUE: V089 is unlocked and open.)

• 6.

• 6. RCV-14 Open the RCV -14 downstream isolation. Q1 [2jG22V2O7 is opened by Qi [2]G22V207 S / U turning the handwheel counterclockwise.

(CUE: V207 is open.)

• 7

• 7. Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent GDT discharge valve to plant vent S/U S / U stack RCV-14 handswitch to open. stack QQ1[2jG22V206 1[2]G22V206 handswitch is turned to open.

(CUE: The RCV RCV--1414 handswitch is in the open position.)

8. Record start time and tank pressure in

• Start time and tank pressure are S U S / U SOP-5 1.1 SOP-51. 1 and notify the Shift Radiochemist. recorded in SOP-51.

SOP-5 1.1.1. (CUE:

The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT pressure is 60 psig.)

• Shift Radiochemist notified.

(CUE: Shift Radiochemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)

• Ensure examinee identifies correct correct pressure indicator and range.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 NRCNRC exam exam JPMJPM i.i. Page Page 44 of of 66 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 9

• 9. Slowly open Slowly open GOT GDT discharge discharge valve valve to to plant plant GDT discharge GOT discharge valve valve to to plant plant vent vent SS/U

/ U vent RCV- 14 using vent RCV-14 using the the Waste Waste GasGas RCV..14 RCV is slowly

-14 is slowly opened opened while while Discharge Control Discharge Control HIK-014 HTK-014 on on the the Waste Waste verifying R-14 verifying R-14 count count rate rate is is less less Gas Gas Panel and and verify R-14 count rate R-14 count rate is is less less than R-14 than R- 14 setpoint and #3 setpoint and #3 GDT GDT than R-14 setpoint and GOT GDT #3 pressure is pressure is dropping slow enough dropping slowly enough to ensure the to ensure the release will take release of the entire tank will take greater greater than 11 hour1.273148e-4 days <br />0.00306 hours <br />1.818783e-5 weeks <br />4.1855e-6 months <br />.

than 11 hour1.273148e-4 days <br />0.00306 hours <br />1.818783e-5 weeks <br />4.1855e-6 months <br />. (CUE: RCVRCV-14 -14 indicates full R-14 is less than the R-14 open, R-14 setpoint and #3 GOTGDT pressure drops 1I psig every 5 minutes.)

10.

10. GDT pressures during the Monitor all GOT All GDT pressures are monitored / U SS/U GDT pressure is release to ensure only #3 GOT to ensure #3 GOTGDT is the only GOT GDT dropping and no other tank pressures are which shows a pressure drop and rising.

rIsmg. no other tank pressures are rising.

(CUE: All other GOT GDT pressures are remaining constant, #3 GOT GDT pressure is dropping.)

STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.

CUE: Another operator will monitor all GOT GDT pressures and secure the release when complete.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM i.I. Page Page 55 of of 66 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

l.1. FNP-0-SOP-0.0, Version FNP-O-SOP-O.O, Version 129.0 129.0

2. FNP-1-SOP-51.1, Version 27.0 FNP-l-S0P-5l.1, 3.

3. FNP-2-SOP-51.1, Version FNP-2-S0P-5l.1, Version 23.0 23.0

4. FNP-1-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0 FNP-I-CCP-213.l, 19.0

5. FNP-2-CCP-2 13.1, Version 19.0 FNP-2-CCP-213.l, 19.0

6. FNP-0-CCP-208, Version 55.0

7. Technical Specification

8. K/As: 071A2.02 KlAs: RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A3.02 RO-3.6 SRO-3.8 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT lustification:

justification:

Element Evaluation 1,

1,2 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

3, 4 3,4 Critical Components are normally in the required position, and do not have NOT Critical:

to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.

5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

88 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).

99 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.

10 10 NOT Critical: Task is already complete prior to this step, and pressures will be as NOT Critical expected whether monitored or expected whether or not.

COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 JPM JPM i.i. HANDOUT HANDOUT Page Page 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are to to COMMENCE COMMENCE A A WASTE WASTE GAS GAS RELEASE.

RELEASE. The The conditions conditions under under which this which this task task isis to to be be perfonned performed are:are:

a.a. The plant The plant isis in in Mode Mode 1.1.

b.

b. The initial The initial conditions conditions of of SOP-51.

SOP-51.11 have have been been completed.

completed.

c.

c. #3 WGDTis at

1. 3 WGDTis 60 psig, at 60 psig, and and has been sampled has been sampled and and analyzed.

analyzed.

d.

d. A WGDT A WGDT Batch Batch Gaseous Gaseous Waste Waste Release Release Penn Permit has been it has been issued issued per CCP-208.

per CCP-208.

e.

e. The waste gas system is shut down The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0. per SOP-5 1.0.

f.f. SOP-5 1.1 has SOP-51.1 been completed up has been to and up to and including including the the test test on process process radiation radiation monitor R-14 R- 14 which hashas been tested been tested and restored to and restored to nonnal.

normal.

g. You are

g. You are directed directed to to complete complete SOP-51.1, SOP-51.1, starting starting at at step step 4.1.7, 4.1.7, to to release release #3

1. 3 WGDT.

WGDT.

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1 -SOP-5 1.1 FNP-I-SOP-51.1 September 4,2008 September 4, 2008 Version 27.0 27.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP- 1 -SOP5 1.1 FNP-I-SOP-51.1 S

A F

E T

Y WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-O-AP-6 FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:

Jim L. Hunter (for)

Operations Manager Date Issued _ _-"0'09/05/08

-"-9:...>10=5"-'/0=8'--_ _

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I-SOP-SI.I FNP1-SOP-51.1 TABLE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure Contains Number of Number of Pages Pages Body .......................................................... 99 Body Page Page 11 of of I1 Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10129/0908:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UISIIT 1I UNIT SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-51. SOP-5 1.11 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECA DECAY Y TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.

4.1 Gas decay tank release.

4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.

2.0 Initial Conditions e:JJ ~11 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

(OR 1-98-498)

This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per system check list FNP-1-S0P-36.0, FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.

e:JJ5z.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-31.0, FNP-1-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.

e:JJ~5 QZ) 2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-I-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

e:JJ~.6 6 The gas decay tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.

e:JJ~7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-SYSTEM.

I -SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS FNP-I-SOP-51.0, Version Version 27.0 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 FNP- I -.SOP-5 1.1 3.0 3.0 Precautions and Precautions Limitations and Limitations 3.1 3.1 Radiation monitor Radiation monitor R-14 R- 14 must must be be frequently frequently observed observed during during the the release release ofof radioactive gas to assure that the radioactive gas to assure that the count count rate rate isis not not approaching approaching R-14R-14 setpoint setpoint asas stated on stated the release on the release permit.

permit.

3.2 3.2 iF R-14 IF R-14 becomes becomes inoperable inoperable while discharging gaseous while discharging gaseous waste waste to to the the vent vent stack, stack, THEN discharge THEN discharge shall shall be stopped immediately be stopped immediately and and the the Shift Shift Supervisor Supervisor notified.

notified.

3.3 3.3 IF either IF either R R-14,

-14, RR-14s alarm, or

-14' s alarm, or RR-14s automatic termination

-14' s automatic termination ofof release release function function is inoperable, is inoperable, THEN THEN withwith the the Shift Supervisors permission Shift Supervisors permission the release release maymay continue provided continue provided ODeM ODCM actionaction requirements requirements are met.

are met.

3.4 3.4 Once aa gas Once gas decay decay tank tank has has been isolated isolated for sampling purposes, prior to for sampling to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain remain in an an isolated condition to introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of prevent the introduction of the tanks contained volume.

tank's 3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive poils one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist polls Radiochemist must be notified to stop the FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.

ASSESSMENT Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10129/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51 .1 FNP-l-S0P-51.1 4.0 4.0 Instructions Instructions NOTE: Initial each step Initial step as as completed.

completed. Instructions Instructions for completion of gaseous gaseous waste waste release permit are specified in release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS GASEOUS WASTE WASTE RELEASE RELEASE PROGRAM.

PROGRAM.

CAUTION:

CAUTION: Ensure counting Ensure counting room room technician technician isolates isolates waste waste gas gas tank tank from from sample panel after sample has been taken.

sample I

• 1 4.1 ,3 WGDTNo.______ ReleasePennitNo.

WGDTNo. Release PemitNo. <;;c)aIO CJ\31- I- ()( la~\- b

[NOTE: Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.

4.1.1 Veri ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:

Verify NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 11 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.

4.1.1 .1 4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & & outlet valves.

4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & & outlet valves.

TABLE 11 GDT OUTLET GDTOUTLET GDT INLET GDTINLET GDT BANK GDTBANK GDTBANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1I A -GWD-V-7823A 1I-GWD-V-7823A II-GWD-V

-GWD-V-7820A

-7820A I -GWD-V-78 18 I-GWD-V-7818 1I-GWD-V-7825

-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19A)/

(QIG22VOI9A)J (Q1G22V025A)

(QIG22V025A) v (Q1G22V029) V (QIG22V029) (QIG22V017) V (Q1G22V017) V 2 A A I -GWD-V-7823B I-GWD-V-7823B I -GWD-V-7820B I-GWD-V-7820B I -G WD-V-78 18 I-GWD-V-7818 I-GWD-V-7825 1 -GWD-V-7825 (QIG22VO19B)J (QI G22VOI9B).I (Q1G22V025B) ,(

(QIG22V025B) f (QIG22V029)

(Q1G22V029) ./ (Q1G22V017) V

/ (QIG22V017) V 33 A II-GWD-V

-GWD-V-7823C

-7823C II-GWD-V

-GWD-V-7820C

-7820C II-GWD-V-7818

-GWD-V-78 18 1I-GWD-V -7825

-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO (QIG22VOI9C) 19C) Vr/ (Q1 G22 V025C) I (QIG22V025C)J (Q 1G22V029) ./

(Q1G22V029) G22V0 17) V (QIG22VOI7)

(QI V 44 BB 1-GWD-V-7833A I-GWD-V-7833A 1-GWD-V-7830A I-GWD-V-7830A I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7835 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22V022A) v-(QIG22V022A) (Qi G22V026A) :

(QIG22V026A) // (QI G22V030) V (QIG22V030)V (QIG22V020)V (QI G22VO2O)-

55 B B I-GWD-V-7833B I-GWD-V-7833B 1-GWD-V-7830B I-GWD-V-7830B 1-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7835 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22 V022B)

(QIG22V022B)/ - (QI G22V026B) ,

(QIG22V026B)v (Q1 (QIG22V030)U G22V030) L/ G22V020) V (QIG22V020)

(QI 66 BB 1-GWD-V-7833C I-GWD-V-7833C 1-GWD-V-7830C I-GWD-V-7830C 1-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V 1-GWD-V-7835-7835 (Q1G22VO2 (QIG22V022C) 2C)v

/ (Q1G22V026 (QIG22V026C)C)/ V (QIG22V030)V (Q1G22V030 (QIG22V020) .

)\-/ (Q1G22V020) V/

77 SHUT- II-GWD-V

-GWD-V-7886A

-788~~ 1I-GWD-V-7883A

-GWD-V-7883A II-GWD-V-7881

-GWD-V-788 1 1I-GWD-V -7888

-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q1G22VO7 (QIG22V074A), 4A)- (Q 1G22V085A) v (Q1G22V085A) (QIG22V083) V (Q1G22V083) V (Q1G22V076 (QIG22V076)V )\Z 88 SHUT-SHUT- 1-GWD-V-7886B I-GWD-V-7886B 1-GWD-V-7 I-GWD-V-7883~ 883- 1-GWD-V-7881 I-GWD-V-7881 I-GWD-V-788 1-GWD-V-7888 DOWN DOWN (Q1G22V074B)

(QIG22V074B) V"" (Q1G22V085B)

(QIG22V085B) (QIG22V083) ./

(Q1G22V083) . / (Q1G22V076)

(QIG22V076) V Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-l-S0P-51.1 FNP-1-SOP-51 .1 NOTE: Refer to Refer to FNP-ODCM, FNP-ODCM, OFFSITEOFFSITE DOSE DOSE CALCULATION CALCULATION MANUAL MANUAL for for release release limitations with limitations with R-14 R-14 out out ofofservice.

service.

4.1.2 4.1.2 Verify recorder Verify recorder RROlOO RRO 100 (points (points RR-14 RR-14 oror RR-22)

RR-22) inin operation operation OR OR verify that verify that the the Rad Rad Met Met Data Data Acquisition Acquisition (RMDA)

(RMDA) system system (for (for point point R-14 or R-14 R-22) isis operable.

or R-22) operable.

NOTE:

NOTE: The setpoint The setpoint for for R-14 R-14 andand R-22 can be R-22 can be obtained obtained from from FNP-I-CCP-213.1, FNP-1-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION RADIATION MONITORING MONITORING SYSTEM SYSTEM SETPOINTS.

SETPOINTS.

4.1.3 For the For the operable operable RadRad Monitor(s)

Monitor(s) read read and and record record actual actual setpoint setpoint and and background on background on R-14 R- 14 and/or and/or R-22.

R-22.

Setpoint Setpoint Background R-14 \6=:)0 0 0 t c) F)

IAOO R-22 lS=Co 30 4.1.4 Verify R-14 setpoint in step 4.1.3 is < setpoint on release permit Section II.

4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate b L..{) 0C C2C).XTh.

1 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 R- 14 per section 4.2.

NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 11 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.

4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record TPNS from Table 2).

Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.8 4.1.8 Open gas Open gas decay decay tank tank bank bank outlet outlet valve valve

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS TPNS from from Table Table 2).

2).

TABLE 22 TABLE GDT OUTLET GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK GDT GDT BANK BANK VALVE VALVE OUTLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1I AA 1-GWD-V-7823A I-GWD-V-7823A 1-GWD-V-7825 I-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22VO19A)

(Ql G22V019A) (QIG22V017)

(QIG22VOI 7) 22 AA 1-GWD-V-7823B I-GWD-V-7823B I-GWD-V-7825 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VOI 9B)

(QIG22V019B) (QIG22V017)

(Q1G22VO 17) 33 AA 1-GWD-V-7823C I-GWD-V -7823C 1-GWD-V-7825 I-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19C)

(QIG22V019C) (QIG22V017)

(Q1G22V017) 44 BB 1-GWD-V-7833A I-GWD-V -7833A I-GWD-V-7835 1-GWD-V-7835 (Qi G22V022A)

(QIG22V022A) (Q (QI1G22V020)_

G22V020) 55 BB 1-GWD-V-7833B I-GWD-V-7833B I-GWD-V-7835 I-GWD-V -7835 (Q1G22V022B)

(Q1G22V022B) (QIG22V020)

(Q1G22V020) 6 B 1-GWD-V-7833C I-GWD-V -7833C 1-GWD-V-7835 I-GWD-V -7835 (QI G22V022C)

(QIG22V022C) (Q1G22V020)

(Qi G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 1-GWD-V-7886A I-GWD-V -7886A 1-GWD-V-7888 I-GWD-V -7888 (Q1G22V074A) iQIG22V074A) (Ql (QI G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 1-GWD-V-7886B I-GWD-V -7886B I-GWD-V -7888 1-GWD-V-7888 (Q1G22V074B) (QIG22V076)

(QI G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:

4.1 .9.1 4.1.9.1 RCV- 14 flow controller is at zero position.

RCV-14 4.1.9.2 Plant Vent Press. Regulator I-GWD-V-7896 (QIG22V205))

1-GWD-V-7896 (Q1G22V205 is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).

4.1.10 4.1 .10 Unlock and open RCV- RCV -14 14 upstream isolation valve II-GWD-V

-GWD-V-78 -7895 95 (Qi (Q 1G22V089).

4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7 1-GWD-V-7898 898 (Qi G22V207).

(QIG22V207).

4.1.12 4.1.12 Turn Tum gas decay decay tank discharge valve to plantplant vent l-GWD-RCV I-GWD-RCV-14 -14 (Q1G22V206 (QIG22V206)) handswitch handswitch (1HS-014)

(lHS-014) to OPEN.

OPEN.

4.1 .13 4.1.13 Record Record thethe following and and notify the Shift notify the Shift Radiochemis Radiochemist: t:

Start Time Start Time _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Press _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PSIG Tank Press Tank PSIG Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10129/0908:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1 .14 4.1.14 Slowly open Slowly open gas gas decay decay tank tank discharge discharge valve valve toto plant plant vent vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) using using WASTE WASTE GAS GAS DISCHARGE DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, CONTROL HIK-014, and and verify verify thethe following:

following:

4.1.14.1 4.1.14.1 R-14 count R-14 count rate rate isis less less than than R-14 R-14 setpoint.

setpoint.

4.1.14.2 4.1.14.2 The pressure The pressure in in GDT GDT is is decreasing decreasing at at aa rate rate that that ensures ensures the the release of release of the the entire entire tank tank will will take take greater greater than than one one hour.

hour.

(This ensures (This ensures release release rate rate specified specified on on the the Gaseous Gaseous Waste Waste Release Permit, Release Permit, Sec.Sec. II, TI, is not exceeded.)

4.1 .15 4.1.15 Monitor all Monitor all gas gas decay decay tank tank pressures pressures during during the the release. Ensure Ensure that only only the tank which is is being released exhibits exhibits a pressure decrease decrease and no other tank pressure increases. Stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor if one of the above occurs.

4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV I -G WD-RCV--14 14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (lHS-014)

(QIG22V206) (IHS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.

4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:

Stop Time _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Stop Time Tank Press _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PSIG Final R-14 count rate _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (QI G22V207).

(Q1G22V207).

4.1.19 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 RCV -14 upstream isolationisolation valve 1-GWD-V-7895 I-GWD-V-7895 (QI (Q 1G22V089).

4.1.20 4.1.20 Close Close gas gas decay decay tank bank bank outlet valve from step outlet valve step 4.1.8 4.1.8

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS).

TPNS).

4.1.21 4.1.21 Close Close gas decay tank gas decay outlet valve tank outlet valve from step step 4.1 4.1.7.7

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS).

TPNS).

Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP- I -SOP-51.

FNP-1-SOP- 51.1I 4.1.22 4.1.22 For the For the operable operable rad rad monitor(s) monitor(s) record record the the average average values values during during the the release ofR-14 release of R-14 and/or and/or R-22 R-22 from from recorder recorder RROIOO RROI0O (points (points RR14 RRI4 and/or RR22) and/or RR22) readings readings ORQ, record record average average value value obtained obtained from from the the RMDA system RMDA system (points (points R-14 R-14 and/or and/or R-22).

R-22).

R-14 Avg R-14 Avg _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _RecorderlRMDA (circle one (circle one used) used)

R-22 Avg R-22 Avg _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Recorder/RMDA (circle one (circle one used) used) 4.1.23 4.1.23 Transfer required Transfer required data data to to the the release permit.

Operator _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Date _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-1-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

FNP-1-S0P-51.0, 4.1.25 Independently verify RCV Independently RCV--1414 downstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7 898 (Q1G22V207 I-GWD-V -7898 (Q 1G22V207)) is closed.

4.1.26 Independently verify RCV Independently RCV-- I144 upstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7 I -GWD-V -7895 (Q1G22V089 895 (Q 1G22V089)) is closed & locked.

Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-I-S0P-51.1 FNP- I -SOP-5 1.1 4.2 Radiation monitor Radiation monitor RR-14 check.

-14 check.

4.2.1 4.2.1 Veri RCV Verify RCV-14 isolation valves

-14 isolation valves I-GWD-V I-GWD-V-78 -7895 95 (Q I G22V089)) and (QIG22V089 and I-GWD-V-78 1-GWD-V 98 (Q

-7898 (Q1G22V207 1G22V207)) are are closed closed before before performing performing this this test.

test.

4.2.2 4.2.2 Turn gas Turn gas decay decay tank tank discharge discharge valve valve to to plant plant vent vent I-GWD-RCV-14 I -GWD-RCV-1 4 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014)

(1HS-014) to to OPEN.

OPEN.

4.2.3 4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 Adjust HIK-014 flow flow controller controller toto 100%.

100%.

NOTE: ** Either NOTE: Either step step 4.2.4 4.2.4 or or step step 4.2.5 4.2.5 may may be be utilized utilized toto satisfy satisfy the the isolation isolation capabilities capabilities of RCV-14.

of RCV-14. Steps Steps not not required required to to be be performed performed shouldshould be be marked marked NIA N/A (NOT (NOT APPLICABLE)..

APPLICABLE)

• Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately approximately equal to lOs iO cpm. IF the current trip setpoint setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than lOs 1O cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.

4.2.4 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 as follows:

c0t-

-- 4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.

c0t- 4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.

c0% 4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step j

4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.

c0t- 4.2.4.4 Verify 1-GWD-RCV-14 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206)

(Q1G22V206) closes.

c0t- 4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (IHS-014)

(QI (1HS-014) for 1-GWD-RCV I-GWD-RCV-14 G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be (Q1G22V206)

-14 opened.

c0t- 4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM switch.

switch.

ALARM using the OPERATIONOPERA nON SELECTOR c0t- 4.2.4.7 4.2.4.7 Place Place the OPERATION OPERA nON SELECTOR SELECTOR switch switch to OPERATE.

OPERATE.

c0t- 4.2.4.8 4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay Turn gas 1-GWD-RCV 1-GWD-RCV-14 decay tank tank discharge discharge valve

-14 (Q1G22V206 valve to (Q1G22V206)) handswitch to plant plant vent vent handswitch (1HS-014)

(lHS-014) to to CLOSED.

CLOSED.

c0t- 4.2.4.9 4.2.4.9 Adjust Adjust HIK-014 HIK-014 flowflow controller controller to to 0%.

0%.

c0% 4.2.4.10 4.2.4.10 Proceed Proceed to to step step 4.1.7.

4.1 .7.

Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 08:26:22 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I-SOP-51.l FNP- 1 -SOP-5 1.1 4.2.5 4.2.5 Initiate high Initiate high alarm alarm on on channel channel R-14 R- 14 by by having having I&CI&C insert insert test test signal signal as as follows:

follows:

4.2.5.1 4.2.5.1 Place the Place the operation operation selector selector toto LEVEL LEVEL CAL. CAL.

4.2.5.2 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to R3 clockwise to the the alarm alarm setpoint.

setpoint.

4.2.5.3 4.2.5.3 Verify that Verify that I-GWD-RCV-14 1-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206)

(Q1G22V206) closes.

closes.

4.2.5.4 4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch Operate handswitch (lHS-OI4)

(IHS-014) for for I-GWD-RCV-14 1-GWD-RCV-14 (QI G22V206)

(Ql G22V206) from WGP to verify from WGP verify that the valve cannot be opened from opened from thethe panel.

panel.

4.2.5.5 Adjust A-IA-i R3 counter-clockwise counter-clockwise to its minimum position.

4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERA OPERATION nON SELECTOR switch.

4.2.5.7 OPERATION Place the OPERA nON SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

4.2.5.8 Turn Tum gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206)

I-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (lHS-014)(IHS-014) to CLOSED.

4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-0 HIK-014 14 flow controller to 0%.

4.2.5. 10 4.2.5.10 Proceed Proceed to to step step 4.1.7.

5.0 5.0 References 5.1 5.1 P&ID P&ID - D-175042 D-175042 Shts Shts 55 &

& 66 - Waste

- Waste Processing Processing System System 5.2 5.2 Westinghous Westinghouse e System

System Description

Description SD-ALA-409 SD-ALA-409 5.3 5.3 FSAR FSAR VOL XI Section VOL XI 1l.3 and Section 11.3 and 11.4 11.4 5.4 5.4 FNP-ODCM FNP-ODCM,, Offsite Offsite Dose Dose Calculation Calculation ManualManual (Corporate (Corporate Documentum Documentum) )

5.5 5.5 PCN PCN 80-804 80-804 5.6 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-FNP-0-CCP-213213 Version 27.0 Version 27.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10129/0914:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 September September 4, 4, 2008 2008 Version 23.0 Version 23.0 FFARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT ARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 SS A

A FF E

E T

Y SYSTEM WASTE GAS SYSTEM DECAY GAS DECA Y TANK RELEASE R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:

Jim L. Hunter Jim L. Hunter (for)

(for)

Operations Manager Operations Manager Date Date Issued Issued 09/05/08 09/05/08

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 TABLE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure Contains Number of Number of Pages Pages Body .......................................................... 99 Body Page Page 11 of of I1 Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT UNIT 22 UNIT SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE SOP-51.

SOP-5 1.11 WASTE GAS WASTE SYSTEM GAS GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY DECAY TANK TANK RELEASE RELEASE 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose Initial Conditions, Precautions This procedure provides the Initial Precautions and and Limitations, Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions Instructions are included in the following sections.

4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 R-00I4 Check Radiation Monitor R-0014 2.0 Initial Conditions o ~.1 1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

(OR 1-98-498)

This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL per System Check List FNP-2-S0P-36.0, DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.

04-;.4

.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.

FNP-2-S0P-31.0, 0A-;.5

.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

FNP-2-S0P-45.0, 0A-;.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.

04-;.7

.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-5 SYSTEM.

FNP-2-S0P-51.0,1.0, WASTE GAS Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 3.0 3.0 Precautions and Precautions Limitations and Limitations 3.1 3.1 Radiation monitor Radiation monitor RR--14 14 must must be be frequently frequently observed observed during during the the release release of of radioactive radioactive gasgas to to assure assure that that the count rate the count not approaching rate isis not approaching R-14R- 14 setpoint setpoint as as stated on stated the release on the release permit.

permit.

3.2 3.2 IF R-14 IF R-14 becomes becomes inoperable inoperable while discharging gaseous while discharging gaseous waste waste to to the the vent vent stack, stack, THEN discharge THEN discharge shall shall be stopped immediately be stopped immediately and the Shift and the Shift Supervisor Supervisor notified.

notified.

3.3 3.3 IF either IF either R-14, R-14, R-14's R-l4s alarm, alarm, oror R-14's R-14s automatic automatic termination termination ofof release release function function is inoperable, is inoperable, THEN THEN with the the Shift Shift Supervisors Supervisors permission the the release release may continue provided continue provided ODeM ODCM actionaction requirements requirements are are met.

met.

3.4 3.4 Once aa gas decay Once decay tank tank has been isolated isolated for for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could prevent could alter alter the concentration of the tanks contained volume.

tank's 3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive Radiochemist must be notified to stop the polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSME ASSESSMENT NT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.0 4.0 Instructions Instructions NOTE:

NOTE: Initial each Initial step as each step completed. Instructions as completed. Instructions for for completion completion of of gaseous gaseous waste waste release permit release permit are are specified specified inin FNP-O-CCP-213, FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS GASEOUS WASTE WASTE RELEASE RELEASE PROGRAM.

PROGRAM.

CAUTION:

CAUTION: Ensure counting Ensure counting roomroom technician technician isolates isolates waste waste gas gas tank tank from from sample sample I panel after panel after sample sample has has been been taken.

taken.

4.1 4.1 WGDTNo.

WGOTNo. '3 3 ReleasePerm Release PermititNo.

No. q -dDI DflOI( 00 I~( --Ol () \o31-~

NOTE: Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may maybebe performed in in any order. I 4.1.1 ALL the gas decay tanks isolated Verify ALL isolated as follows:

NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.

4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GOT GDT inlet & & outlet valves.

4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GOT GDT bank inlet & & outlet valves.

TABLE 1I GDT OUTLET GDTOUTLET GDT INLET GDTINLET GDT BANK GDTBANK GDTBANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 11 A 2-GWD-V-7 823A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7 820A 2-GWD-V -7820A 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7818818 2-GWD-V-7825 2-GWD-V-7 825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)7 (Q2G22V019A)JI' (Q2G22V025 (Q2G22V025A) A) v (Q2G22V029)) V (Q2G22V029 i (Q2G22V017)V (Q2G22V0 I 7)V 22 A 2-GWD-V-7 823B 2-GWD-V -7823B 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7820B820B 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7818818 2-GWD-V-7825 2-GWD-V-7 825 (Q2G22V019 (Q2G22VO 19B)JB)J (Q2G22V025 (Q2G22V025B)B)f ,/ (Q2G22V029 (Q2G22V029) ./ )/ (Q2G22V017))j7 (Q2G22V017 V 33 AA 2-GWD-V-7 823C 2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7 820C 2-GWD-V-7820C 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7818818 2-GWD-V-7825 2-GWD-V-7 825 (Q2G22V019 (Q2G22V019C) C) V0/ (Q2G22V025C)J (Q2G22V025 C>J (Q2G22VO2 (Q2G22V029)./ 9) (Q2G22V017)V (Q2G22V017 )V 44 BB 2-GWD-V-7 833A 2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7 830A 2-GWD-V -7830A 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7828828 2-GWD-V -7835 2-GWD-V-7 835 (Q2G22V022 (Q2G22V022A) A) v (Q2G22V026 (Q2G22V026A) /

A) /" (Q2G22VO3 (Q2G22V030)/Oy/ (Q2G22V020Y (Q2G22VO2 Ofr 55 BB 2-GWD-V-7 833B 2-GWD-V -7833B 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7830B830B 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7 828 2-GWD-V-7835 2-GWD-V-7 835 (Q2G22V022 (Q2G22V022B)./B) (Q2G22V026 (Q2G22V026B)vB)\, (Q2G22V030 (Q2G22V030)U )LJ (Q2G22V020)V (Q2G22V020 )L- .

66 BB 2-GWD-V-7 833C 2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7 830C 2-GWD-V -7830C 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7828828 2-GWD-V -7835 2-GWD-V-7 835 (Q2G22VO2 (Q2G22V022C)/ 2C)v (Q2G22V026 (Q2G22V026C) v C)L/ (Q2G22V030 (Q2G22V030)V )\-/ (Q2G22V020)

(Q2G22V020 )/./

77 SHUT-SHUT- 2-GWD-V-7 886A 2-GWD-V -7886A 2-GWD-V-7 883A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-788188 1 2-GWD-V-7888 2-GWD-V-7 888 DOWN DOWN (Q2G22V074A)~

(Q2G22VO7 4A) (Q2G22V085 A)

(Q2G22V085A)V (Q2G22V083)) /

(Q2G22V083 V (Q2G22V076)V (Q2G22VO7 6)Z 88 SHUT- 2-GWD-V-7 886B 2-GWD-V-7 V 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V -788 SHUT-DOWN DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074 (Q2G22V074B) B) \./"

2-GWD-V-7883 (Q2G22V085 (Q2G22V085B) 883-B) 2-GWD-V-7881881 (Q2G22V083)) L/

(Q2G22V083 J 2-GWD-V-7 (Q2G22V076)

(Q2G22V076 888

) V Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10129109 14:55:18 10/29/0914:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 NOTE:

NOTE: Refer to Refer to FNP-ODCM, FNP-ODCM, OFF OFFSITE SITE DOSE DOSE CALCULATION CALCULATION MANUAL MANUAL for for release release limitations with limitations with R-14 R-14 out out of service.

of service.

4.1.2 4.1.2 Verify recorder Verify recorder RR0100 RROIOO (point (point RR14 RR14 or or RR22)

R2) in in operation operation ORQ verify verify that the that the Rad Rad Met Met Data Data Acquisition Acquisition (RMDA)

(RMDA) System System (for (for point point R-14 R-14 oror R-22) isis operable.

R-22) operable.

NOTE: The setpoint The setpoint for for R-14 R-14 and R-22 can and R-22 can bebe obtained obtained from from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION RADIATION MONITORINGMONITORING SYSTEM SYSTEM SETPOINTS.

SETPOINTS.

4.1.3 4.1.3 For the For the operable operable rad rad monitor(s) monitor(s) readread and record actual and record actual setpoint setpoint and and background on R-14 and/or R-22.

Setpoint Setpoint Background R-l4 R-14 L~) 1; 71

\\L7I 3D b R-22 ILL

/L-\3 4.1.4 Verify setpoints in step 4.1.3 4.1 .3 are:S are setpoint on release permit Section II.

4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate -=17 E-6) 3 0 cm (J C) C)

Cm .

4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-51.l NOTE:

NOTE: Perform the Perform the following following steps steps in in conjunction conjunction withwith Table Table 11 toto determine determine the the valves valves required to required align the to align respective gas the respective gas decay decay tank tank for for discharge.

discharge.

4.1.7 4.1.7 Open gas Open gas decay decay tank tank outlet outlet valve.

valve.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS TPNS from from Table Table 2).

2).

4.1.8 4.1.8 Open gas Open gas decay decay tank tank bank bank outlet outlet valve.

valve.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS TPNS fromfrom Table Table 2).

2).

TABLE 22 TABLE GDT OUTLET GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK GDT GDT BANK BANK VALVE VALVE OUTLET OUTLET VALVE VALVE 11 A A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7825 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)

(Q2G22V019A) (Q2G22V017)

(Q2G22V0 17) 22 A A 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V 2-GWD-V-7 -7825 825 (Q2G22V0 I 9B)

(Q2G22V019B) (Q2G22V017)

(Q2G22V0 17) 3 A A 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V 823C

-7823C 2-GWD-V-7825 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C) iQ2G22V019C~ (Q2G22V01 7)

_(Q2G22V017) 4 B 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V 833A

-7833A 2-GWD-V 2-GWD-V-7 -7835 835 (Q2G22V022A)

(Q2G22V022A) (Q2G22V020)

(Q2G22V020) 5 B 2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)

(Q2G22V022B) (Q2G22V020)

(Q2G22V020) 6 B 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V 833C

-7833C 2-GWD-V 2-GWD-V-7 -7835 835 (Q2G22V022C)

(Q2G22V022C) (Q2G22V020)

(Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7886A 886A 2-GWD-V-7888 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)

(Q2G22V074A) (Q2G22V076)

(Q2G22V076) 88 SHUT-DOW SHUT-DOWN N 2-GWD-V-7 886B 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7888 2-GWD-V-7 888 (Q2G22V074 (Q2G22V074B) B) (Q2G22V076))

(Q2G22V076 4.1.9 Verify the following:

4.1.9.1 4.1.9.1 RCV-14 RCV -14 flow controller controller is is at zero position.

position.

4.1.9.2 4.1.9.2 Plant Plant vent vent pressure pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7896 896 (Q2G22V205 (Q2G22V205)) is is set set for 15 15 psi.

psi. (located (located next next to to RCV-14).

RCV -14).

4.1.10 4.1.10 Unlock Unlock andand open open RCV-14 RCV-14 upstream upstream isolation isolation valve valve 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7895 895 (Q2G22V089 (Q2G22V089). ).

4.1.11 4.1.11 Open Open RCV-14 RCV-14 downstream downstream isolation isolation valve valve 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7898 898 (Q2G22V207 (Q2G22V207). ).

4.1.12 4.1.12 Turn Turn gas gas decay decay tank tank discharge discharge valve valve to to plant plant vent vent 2-GWD-RCV 2-GWD-RCV-14 -14 (Q2G22V206 (Q2G22V206) ) handswitch handswitch (2HS-014)

(2HS-014) to to OPEN.

OPEN.

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.13 4.1.13 Record the Record the following following and and notify notify thethe Shift Shift Radiochemist:

Radiochemist:

Start Time - - - - - - - -

Start Time Tank Press Tank Press _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PSIG PSIG 4.1.14 4.1.14 Slowly open Slowly open gas gas decay decay tank discharge valve tank discharge valve to to plant plant vent vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using using WASTE WASTE GAS GAS DISCHARGE DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the and verify the following:

following:

4.1.14.1 R-14 count R-14 count rate rate isis less less than R-14 R-14 setpoint.

setpoint.

4.1.14.2 pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate The pressure rate that ensures the release of the the entire tank tank will take take greater greater than one hour.

(This ensures release rate specified (This specified on on the Gaseous Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)

4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR Q, increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.

4.1 .16 4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 tum 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE and position the (Q2G22V206) controller to zero.

4.1 .17 4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:

Radiochemist:

Stop Time _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Stop Time Tank Press _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PSIG Final R-14 count rate _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CPM Final R-22 count rate Final CPM CPM 4.1 .18 4.1.18 Close RCV-Close RCV -1414 downstream downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V-7898 898 (Q2G22V207 (Q2G22V207). ).

4.1.19 4.1.19 Close Close & lock lock RCV-RCV -1414 upstream isolation valve upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V -7895 895 (Q2G22V089 (Q2G22V089). ).

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.l FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.20 4.1.20 Close gas Close decay tank gas decay tank bank bank outlet outlet valve valve from from step step 4.1.8 4.1.8

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS).

TPNS).

4.1 .21 4.1.21 Close gas Close decay tank gas decay tank outlet outlet valve valve from from step step 4.1.

4.1.77

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Record (Record TPNS).

TPNS).

4.1 .22 4.1.22 For the For the operable operable radrad monitor(s) monitor(s) record record the the average average values values during during the the release ofR-14 release of R- 14 and/or and/or R-22 R-22 from from recorder recorder RR0100 RRO 100 (points (points RR14 RR 14 and/or RR22) and/or RR22) readings readings OR record average Q record average value value obtained obtained from from the the RMDA system RMDA system (points (points R-14 R-14 and/or and/or R-22).

R-22).

R-14 Average R-14 Average _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Recorder/RMDA (circle (circle one one used) used)

R-22 Average _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.

Operator _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Dffie Date __________________

4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-FNP-2-S0P-51.0,5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

4.1.25 Independentl Independently y verify RCV-RCV -1414 downstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7 2-GWD-V -7898 898 (Q2G22V207 (Q2G22V207)) is closed.

4.1.26 Independentl Independently y verify RCV-RCV-14 14 upstream upstream isolation isolation valve IV IV 2GWD-V-78 2-GWD-V -7895 95 (Q2G22V089 (Q2G22V089)) is is closed closed & locked.

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.2 Radiation Monitor Radiation Monitor R-14 R-14 Check Check 4.2.1 4.2.1 Verify RCV-14 Verify RCV14 isolation isolation valves valves 2-GWD-V-7895 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)

(Q2G22V089) and and 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) are are closed closed before performing this before performing this test.

test.

4.2.2 4.2.2 Turn gas Turn gas decay decay tank discharge valve tank discharge valve to to plant plant vent vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 2-GWD-RCV- 14 (Q2G22V206 ) handswitch (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) (2HS-014) to to OPEN.

OPEN.

4.2.3 4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 Adjust HIK-014 flowflow controller controller to to 100%.

100%.

NOTE: ** Either NOTE: Either step step 4.2.4 4.2.4 or or step step 4.2.5 4.2.5 may may be utilized to be utilized to satisfy satisfy the the isolation isolation capabilities capabilities of RCV-14. Steps ofRCV-14. Steps not not required required to to be be performed shouldshould be marked NIA N/A (NOT (NOT APPLICABLE)..

APPLICABLE)

Step 4.2.4

• Step 4.2.4 will will insert insert aa signal signal approximately approximately equal equal to iO5 cpm.

to 10 cpm. IFj the the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 10 5 1O cpm, THEN guidance is is provided to perform step step 4.2.5.

4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:

e:1Jt-

-- 4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.

e:1Jt- 4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.

~ 4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.

e:1Jt- 4.2.4.4 Verify 2-GWD-RCV 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206)) closes.

-l4 (Q2G22V206 e:1Jt- 4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWDRCV (Q2G22V206 (Q2G22V206)) from WGP 2-GWD-RCV-14 WGP to verify that valve 14 valve cannot bebe opened.

e:1Jt- 4.2.4.6 4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM switch.

switch.

ALARM using using the the OPETION OPERATION SELECTORSELECTOR e:1Jt- 4.2.4.7 4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION Place the OPERATION SELECTORSELECTOR switch switch to to OPERATE.

OPERATE.

e:1Jt- 4.2.4.8 4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay Turn gas 2-GWD-RCV 2-GWD-RCV-14 tank discharge decay tank discharge valve

- 14 (Q2G22V206 (Q2G22V206) valve to to plant plant vent vent handswitch (2HS-0

) handswitch (2HS-014) to

14) to CLOSED CLOSED e:1Jt- 4.2.4.9 4.2.4.9 Adjust Adjust HIK-014 HIK-014 flowflow controller controller toto 0%.

0%.

e:1Jk- 4.2.4.10 4.2.4.10 Proceedtoste Proceed to step p4.1.7.

4.1. 7.

Version 23.0 Version 23.0

10/29/09 14:55:18 10129/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.2.5 4.2.5 Initiate high Initiate high alarm alarm on on channel channel R-14 R-14 by by having having I&CI&C insert insert aa test test signal signal as follows:

as follows:

0JS I&C I&C 4.2.5.1 4.2.5.1 Place the Place the operation operation selector selector to to LEVEL LEVEL CAL.CAL.

~I&C 4.2.5.2 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I Adjust A-l R3R3 clockwise clockwise to to the the alarm alarm setpoint.

setpoint.

I&C rvR 4.2.5.3 4.2.5.3 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206)

(Q2G22V206) closes. closes.

~ 4.2.5.4 4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch Operate handswitch (2HS-014)

(Q2G22V206) from (2HS-014) for for 2-GWD-RCV-14 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP WGP to to verify that verify that the the valve valve cannot cannot be be opened.

opened.

I 6JJ1 I&C 4.2.5.5 Adjust A-I A-i R3 counter-clockwise counter-clockwise to its minimum position.

m i&C I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.

m I&C 4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

~ 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV 2-GWD-RCV-14 - 14 (Q2G22V206 (Q2G22V206)) handswitch (2HS-0 (2HS-014) 14) to CLOSED rvR 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.

rvR 4.2.5.10 4.2.5.10 Proceed Proceed to step step 4.1.7.

5.0 5.0 References 5.1 5.1 P&ID, P&ID, D-205042, D-205042, sheets sheets 55 and and 6, Waste Processing 6, Waste Processing System System 5.2 5.2 Westinghous Westinghousee System

System Description

Description SD-ALA-409 SD-ALA-409 5.3 5.3 FNP-ODCM FNP-ODCM,, OFFSITE OFFSITE DOSEDOSE CALCULAT CALCULATION ION MANUAL MANUAL (Corporate (Corporate Documentum Documentum) )

5.4 5.4 FSAR FSAR Vol.

Vol. XI XI Section Section 11.3 11.3 and and 11.4 11.4 5.6 5.6 FNP-0-CCP- 213 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 23.0 Version 23.0

FNPHLT-33NRCexamJPMj.

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM j. Page 11 of of66

j. In Plant JPM SO-314A TITLE: Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~ X SOCT ~ X OLT ~ X LOCT X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM ~ X SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH ~ X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1I numbers: Unit 1I numbers [Unit 2 numbers].

2. Pictures are to be given to the applicant at element 55 for operating the TDAFW Pump steam admission valves, to preclude a Main Steam Valve Room entry which would be risk significant to plant operation.

3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-l[2]-SOP-22.0:

FNP-1 [2]-SOP-22.0:

• Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power to establish a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of ~ 100 psig greater than SG pressure.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 011 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3 ES-30 1-3

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM j.

T-33 NRC Page 2 of 66 Page CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:

a. The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.

b. The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.

c. All SGs are intact and SG pressure is currently 980 psig.

d. SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.

e. Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.

f. You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix 1.I.

g. 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been An additional individual is available, and a 12" obtained.

h. A pre-job brief is not required.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

• 1.

• 1. Using the manual operator on the valve, Manual operator engaged and S / U Close TDAFWP TRIP & & THROTTLE valve manual operator turned in Q1[2]N12MOV3406.

VLV, Ql[2]NI2MOV3406. the clockwise direction to close the valve.

(if electrical closure is attempted then CUE: Valve will not move) when closed manually, then CUE:

MOV 3406 is closed

• 2.

• 2. If TDAFWP TRIP &

IfTDAFWP & THROTTLE VLV, Checks overspeed linkage. S / U S

Q1[2]N12M0V3406, Ql [2]N12MOV3406, overspeed linkage is (CUE: M0V3406 MOV3406 overspeed tripped, THEN reset linkage, linkage. linkage is tripped. Trip arm has moved to the extreme right position.)

Candidate Resets TDAFWP overspeed trip linkage by pushing toward M0V3406 MOV3406 until held in place by trip lever.

(CUE: Linkage is reset).

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRCNRC exam JPM j.j.

exam JPM Page Page 33 of6 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE) 3.

3. Fail open Fail open TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO iSO Checks HV3226 Checks HV3226 Valve Valve Position.

Position. SS/UI U Q1[2]N12HV3226.

Ql[2]NI2HV3226. (CUE: HV3226 (CUE: HV3226 is is OPEN.)

OPEN.)

Shuts air Shuts air isolation isolation valve valve and and opens opens petcock on air supply regulator regulator to fail open.

fail (CUE: Air isolation (CUE: isolation is shut.

shut.

Petcock on regulator is open).

4. Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Turns HV3226 Manual jacking S I/ U Q1[2]N12H Ql V3226, jacking device fully out.

[2]NI2HV3226, device counterclockwise and verifies in the fully-backed-out position.

(CUE: Manual jacking device on HV-3226 HV -3226 Fully backed out).

NOTE: ** ENTRY INTO MSVR IS NOT ALLOWED DUE TO PLANT CONDITIONS AND RISK SIGNIFICANCE. THE APPLICANT MUST SUCCESSFULLY DESCRIBE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE STEAM ADMISSION VALVES AND THEIR MANUAL OPERAOPERATION nON IN TN THE FOLLOWING STEPS.

• • PICTURES FOR THE TDAFW PUMP STEAM ADMISSION VALVES ARE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT WHEN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION IN THE MSVR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED.

5. Describes approximate location in MSVR of States that the HV3235A is in the S/U S / U the steam supply to the TDAFWP valves: B Main Steam Bay, and HV3235B

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB IB is in the C Main Steam Bay.

SG Ql[2]N12HV3235A Ql [2]NI2HV3235A

{Q1[2]NI2VOOIA}. (127

{Ql[2]NI2VOOIA}. (127' MSVR)

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C 1C SG Q1{2]N12HV3235B SG Ql[2]NI2HV3235B

{Q1[2]N12VOOIB}.

{Ql [2]NI2VOOIB}. (127 (127' MSVR)

• 6.

• 6. Jacks open steam supply to the TDAFWP Manual operators turned clockwise SS I U U

from all intact SGs: to line up operator andand valve stem

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM STM SUPP FROM lBIB pin pin holes, pin inserted, and the SG QI SG [2]N12HV3235A Ql[2]NI2HV3235A handwheel turned counter counter-

{Q1[2]N12VOOIA}.

{QI [2]NI2VOOIA}. (127 (127' MSVR) clockwise to jackjack open open the valves.

• TDAFWP STM STM SUPP FROM IC 1C (CUE: HV3235A HV3235A and HV3235BHV3235B SG Qi[2]N12HV3235B SG Ql[2]NI2HV3235B are jacked jacked open).

open).

{Q1[2]NI2VOOIB}.

{QI [2]NI2VOOIB}. (127 (127' MSVR)

MSVR)

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC JPM j.j.

exam JPM Page Page 44 of6 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

7. Establish communications between the established Communications established SS / U TDAFWP room and the Main Control between the TDAFWP and Main Main Room.

Room. Control Room.

Control Room.

8. Inform the Control Room Operator starting Informs the Control Room S /I U the TDAFWP. Operator starting the TDAFWP.

(CUE: Control Room acknowledges starting the TDAFWP).

NOTE: Control of the TDAFW pump in the next step will depend on available indication. Speed indication is NOT available due to the loss of power. SG pressure is the only available parameter for establishing AFW flow rate, and is currently 980 psig.

(CUE IF REQUIRED: SPEED INDICATION INDICATES 0 RPM.)

• 9

• 9. Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling Manual operator slowly throttled S / U open TDAFWP TRIP & & THRTL VLV open to establish TDAFWP Q1[2]N12M0V3406 Q1 [2]N12MOV3406 to establish one of the discharge pressure at 1080 psig on following conditions based on available PI-3222B.

indicators (only available indicators listed (CUE: M0V3406 MOV3406 throttled for JPM): open, TDAFW pump discharge

• Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure is 1080 psig).

pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).

(PI-3222B in area outside wall of MDAFWP room)

STOP TIME Terminate when examinee establishes a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of of ~ 100 psig greater than SG pressure.

CUE: Another operator will continue continue with this task.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) (*) preceding the element number.

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM j.j. Page 5 of 6 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

1. FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 63.0 FNP-l-S0P-22.0,

2. FNP-2-SOP-22.0, Version 61.0 FNP-2-S0P-22.0,

3. K/A KIA 061A2.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 06lA2.03 061A2.03 RO-3.1 RO-3.l SRO-3.4 061A2.04 RO-3.4 SRO-3.8 061A2.07 RO-3.4 SRO-3.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT: EOUIPMENT:

• Adjustable wrench 2':12"

?12 OR Channel lock pliers 2':10"

10

• Flashlight Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical Task completion: required to allow opening the Trip Throttle Valve.

3 NOT Critical Valve is already failed open and will remain open whether this step is performed or not.

4 NOT Critical Jacking device is normally backed all the way out, and manipulation of this component is not required, even though it is checked.

5 NOT Critical Knowledge of the exact location of the valves in the MSVR not required. Ability to locate the valves would only be required if access to the MSVR was permitted.

6 Critical Task completion: required to admit steam to run the TDAFWP.

7, 8 7,8 NOT Critical Task would be completed successfully without performing these actions.

9 Critical Task completion: required to turn tum the TDAFWP at operating speed.

COMMENTS:

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 JPMJPM j.j. HANDOUT HANDOUT Page 11 of Page of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, you are to you are locally operate to locally operate the the TDAFWP TDAFWP following following aa loss loss of of control control power. The power. The task task isis to to be be performed performed under under the the following following conditions:

conditions:

a. The

a. The Plant Plant isis currently currently experiencing experiencing aa sustained sustained loss loss of of all all AC AC Power Power and and control control ofof the the TDAFWP isis no longer TDAFWP longer possible from the possible from the Control Control Room Room because because ofthe of the loss loss of of control control power to the to the pump.

b. The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.

c. All SOs are intact and SO SGs are SG pressure isis currently 980 980 psig.

d. SO pressure is is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.

e. Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.

f. You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP- SOP 22.0 Appendix I.1.

g. An additional individual is available, and a 12" 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.

h. A pre-job brief is not required.

10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 September 10, 2009 Version 63.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1 -SOP-22.0 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 S

A F

E T

Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:

J L Hunter (for)

Operations Manager Date Issued October 21, 2009

10/27/09 16:03:55 10127/09 16 03 55 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Pages Body ........................................................ 18 18 Appendix A ............................................... 2 Appendix B ............................................... 2 Appendix C ............................................... 2 AppendixD Appendix D ............................................... 3 AppendixE Appendix E ............................................... 8 Appendix F .............................................. 14 14 AppendixG Appendix G ............................................... 5 Appendix H ............................................... 4 Appendix I ................................................ 9 AppendixJJ ................................................ 4 Appendix Appendix K ............................................... 3 AppendixL Appendix L ............................................... 3 AppendixM Appendix M .............................................. 3 Figure 2 ..................................................... 1I Figure 3 ..................................................... 1 Page 11 of I1 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:03:55 10/27/0916:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANTPLANT UNIT UNIT 11 SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDW AUXILIARY ATER SYSTEM FEEDWATER SYSTEM 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for This procedure provides the Initial of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included operation ofthe included in the following sections:

4.1 Remote Manual Startup of lA(1B)

Remote IA(IB) MDAFWP.

4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of lA(lB) 1A(IB) MDAFWP.

4.3 of TDAFWP.

Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.

4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.

of TDAFWP.

4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's.

of MDAFWPs.

4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP.

of TDAFWP.

4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.

4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.

4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.

4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 1A MDAFWP.

4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 1B lB MDAFWP.

4.12 Operation of AFW Stop Valves Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16 03 55 1012710916:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 Appendix A Appendix A Operation of Operation of the the AFW AFW Check Check Valve Valve Temperature Temperature Recorder.

Recorder.

Appendix B AppendixB Termination of Termination of 1IA MDAFWP Steam A MDAFWP Steam Binding.

Binding.

Appendix C Termination of IB lB MDAFWP MDAFWP Steam Steam Binding.

Appendix DD of TDAFWP Steam Termination ofTDAFWP Steam Binding.

Binding.

Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.

Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.

Appendix G of TDAFWP Following Maintenance.

Slow Start ofTDAFWP Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFWP Stm Supply Valves.

Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.

Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT AND FILL Appendix K Venting and Filling of 'A' A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling of 'B' B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling of TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Figure 33 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:03:55 10/27/0916:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 2.0 2.0 Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 2.1 system is energized and aligned for normal operation The electrical distribution system operation per FNP-1-S0P-36.0, per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with noted.

exceptions noted.

2.2 The compressed The compressed air air system system is in service service and and aligned aligned for for normal operation operation per FNP-I-SOP-3 1.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

FNP-1-S0P-31.0, 2.3 The auxiliary feedwater feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are FNP- 1 -SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.

aligned per FNP-1-S0P-22.0, 2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-I-SOP-58.0, FNP-1-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HV HVAC AC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

2.5 FNP-1-SOP-17.0, Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-I-SOP-17 .0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SO SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (not necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 41 4160V 60V breaker before the valves can be opened.

3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:

3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.

3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.

3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.

3.3 3.3 The service water supply supply to the AFW pumps does not meet secondary makeup specifications and should only only be be used used when required by emergency conditions.

conditions.

3.4 3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should not normally be used during plant plant heatup.

heatup.

3.5 3.5 High High temperatures temperatures indicated between the indicated between the AFW AFW pumps pumps and and their their associated discharge check check valves may may indicate indicate back-leakage back-leakage thru thru the check check valves. IFIF AFW AFW pump steam binding pump steam binding isis suspected, suspected, THEN THEN Appendix Appendix B,B, C, C, or or D D should should be be performed performed as as appropriate.

appropriate.

Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:03:55 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.6 3.6 Auto start Auto start of of the the MDAFWP's MDAFWPs on on trip trip of of both both SOFP's, SGFPs, maymay bebe defeated defeated at at the the BOP BOP using the using the AUTO-DEFEAT AUTO-DEFEAT switches. switches. Refer Refer to to FNP-I-UOP-l.2 FNP- 1 -UOP- 1.2 andand FNP-1 -UOP-2. 1 for FNP-I-UOP-2.1 for AUTO-DEFEAT AUTO-DEFEAT switch switch operation.

operation.

3.7 3.7 In operational In operational modes modes 1,21, 2 and and 3, 3, at least three at least three independent independent steam steam generator generator auxiliary feedwater auxiliary feedwater pumpspumps andand associated associated flow flow paths paths shall shall be operable operable with:

with:

3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.

3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.

3.9 During non-emergency operation, the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.

3.10 Do not run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.

3.11 if Q1N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as IF QINI2HV3226 long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.

3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.

3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.

3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction suction piping should be flushed and sampled sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SGs. SO's.

3.15 3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental Environmental Supervisor perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running Supervisor to perform running the TDAFWP.

3.16 3.16 IF no indication is is present for Q1N12M0V3406, QINI2MOV3406, TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL THRTL VLV, VL V, onon the the BOP BOP or or locally locally for reasons other than aa blown other than blown bulb, bulb, THEN THEN TDAFWP TDAFWP operability operability maymay bebe affected.

affected. (JR (IR 2-95-340) 2-95-340)

Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:03:55 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.17 3.17 Excessive feeding Excessive feeding ofofthe the Steam Steam Generators Generators with with the the comparatively comparatively coldcold CST CST water can water can cause cause Reactor Reactor power power toto increase increase due due to to the the decrease decrease in in RCS RCS cold cold leg leg temperature. (Ref.

temperature. (Ref. Vogtle Vogtle power power increase increase event event ofof 08-04-97, 08-04-97, NRC event #32721)

NRC event #32721) 3.18 3.18 MDAFW pumps MDAFW pumps will will automatically automatically start start on on anyone any one of of the the following:

following:

3.18.1 3.18.1 AA steam steam generator generator Lo-Lo Lo-Lo level level of28%

of 28% (2/3 (2/3 level level instruments instruments in in 113 1/3 steam generators) steam generators) and and nono LOSP.

LOSP.

3.18.2 3.18.2 Both main feedfeed pumps tripped and no no LOSP.

3.18.3 3.18.3 An engineered safety safety feature feature (ESF)

(ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators << 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for ~ 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone any one of the following:

3.19.1 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of28% of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).

3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC AM SAC (2/3 steam generators < < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for ~ 260 sec) 3.20 In order for the OPEN signal to seal in, the handswitches for TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB(1C) SG, SG, Q1N12HV32 QINI2HV3235A(B),35A(B), must be held in the START position position until the valves are fully open. The The OPEN OPEN signal will seal in on Q1N12HV32QIN12HV3226, 26, TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, as soon as it clears its it's closed limit switch.

switch.

3.21 3.21 Pipe Pipe internals internals can be potentially can be potentially degraded. Proceed Proceed withwith caution.

caution. Do Do not subject subject vent/drain vent/drain piping to any piping to any undue undue stress stress during during removal removal of of pipe pipe cap/plug.

cap/plug.

(A12009202 698).

(AI2009202698).

Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/0916:05:24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II APPENDIX II APPENDIX TDAFWP OPERATION OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed by Date Verified Verified by:

by: Date Date Reviewed Reviewed by:

by: Date Date This This appendix appendix consists consists of of 99 pages pages Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/0916:05:24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP- I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II APPENDIX II APPENDIX TDAFWP TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT OPERAnON WITHOUT CONTROL CONTROL POWER POWER 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose Provide guidance Provide guidance for for control control of of the the TDAFWP TDAFWP by manually controlling by manually controlling TDAFWP TDAFWP steam steam supply valves, supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and trip and TDAFWP flowflow control valves valves following following aa full full or or partial partial loss loss of of control control power.

power.

2.0 conditions Initial conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.

2.4 At least one team of2of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:

• Adjustable wrench 12 2':12" OR Channel lock pliers 102':10"

• Flashlight Page Page 11 of of99 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 3.0 3.0 Precautions and Precautions Limitations and Limitations 3.1 3.1 Exercise caution Exercise caution around around hot hot steam steam piping.

piping.

3.2 3.2 TDAFWP control TDAFWP control may become erratic may become erratic when when battery battery voltage voltage isis low.

low.

3.3 3.3 A failure A failure of of the the UPS UPS could could cause cause aa sudden sudden loss loss of of control control power.

power.

3.4 3.4 The TDAFWP The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary UPS and Auxiliary Building Building Batteries Batteries are are required required to to supply supply loads loads for two (2)

(2) hours without battery chargers.

chargers. When chargers are When chargers out of are out of service service for for greater than greater than two two hours, hours, indicators, indicators, annunciators, annunciators, and and controls, controls, may may become erratic erratic or unreliable or unreliable in in the the Main Main Control Control Room Room and and TDAFWP TDAFWP room.room.

3.5 3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails fails as follows:

as follows:

3.5.1 Loss of control power:

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB lB and IC SO, SG, QINI2HV3235A&B Q1N12HV3235A&B (Q1N12VOO1A&B) fail closed (QINI2VOOIA&B)

• TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO QIN12HV3226 Q1N12HV3226 fails open

• The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position

• TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV QINI2MOV3406 QINI2MOV34O6 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB lB and IC SOSG QINI2HV3235A&B Q1N12HV3235A&B (Q1NI2VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide (QIN12VOOIA&B) an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)

• TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV32 QIN12HV3226 26 fails open Page Page 22 of 9 of9 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/09 16 05 24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.0 4.0 Instructions Instructions NOTE: The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies steam supplies and and may may bebe omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) omitted (with approval) if if the the TDAFWP is TDAFWP is in in operation.

operation.

4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & & THROTTLE VLV QIN12MOV3406 Q1N12M0V3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100'(100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & & THROTTLE VLV, QIN12MOV3406 Q1N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12MOV3406.

QINI2MOV34O6.

4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.

4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226. (100' (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.

NOTE: If both steam generators are faulted, the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.

4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A (QINI2VOOIA). (Q1N12VOOIA).

(127 (127' MSVR)

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C IC SG, Q1N12HV32358 Q1N12HV3235B (QINI2VOO1B).

(QINI2VOOIB).

(127 (127' MSVR) 4.6 4.6 Perform the following:

4.6.1 4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.

4.6.2 Inform the Control Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.

TDAFWP.

Page Page 33 of of99 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05 10/27/09 16 05:2424 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II NOTES:

NOTES: ** The list in The list in the the following following step step is in the is in the preferred preferred order.

order.

• Step 4.8 provides Step 4.8 provides instructions instructions forfor resetting resetting trip trip throttle throttle valve.

valve.

4.7 4.7 Establish TDAFWP Establish TDAFWP operation operation by throttling open by throttling open TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP TRIP && THRTL THRTL VLV QIN12MOV3406 VLV Q1N12M0V3406 to to establish one of the following conditions based based on available indicators:

available indicators:

• • Establish 3960 Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local on TDAFWP local control control panel or or AUX FEED FEED TURB TURB SI-341 1A (MCB)

SPD SI-3411A

• Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators

• Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB). (PI (PI-3222B

-3222B on outside wall of' A' MDAFWP of A room)

• Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B PI3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)

• Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge ofTDAFWP. of TDAFWP. (100' (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 QIN12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:

4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406. QINI2MOV3406.

4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.

4.8.3 4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.

Page Page 44 of 9 of9 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/0916:05:24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP- I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Feeding aa faulted Feeding faulted steam steam generator generator should should only only be be done done with with Shift Shift Manager concurrence.

Manager concurrence.

NOTE:

NOTE: Adjusting HV-3228A, Adjusting HV-3228A, B B or or C Q pump C OR speed affects pump speed affects AFW AFW flow flow rate rate to to all all steam generators.

steam generators.

4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room. (127' (127 MSVR)

• . TDAFWP TO 1A IA SG Q1N23HV3228A Q1N23HV3228A

• . TDAFWP TO 1B lB SG Q1N23HV3228B Q1N23HV3228B

• e TDAFWP TO 1C Q1N23HV3228C 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C NOTE: Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.

4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:

4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed. (MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12M0V Q1N12MOV34063406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.

4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is not in alarm.

4.10.4 4.10.4 Adjust Adjust TDAFWP TDAFWP SPEED SPEED CONTCONT SIC SIC 3405 3405 as required to control control TDAFWP TDAFWP speed.

speed. (MCB)

(MCB)

Page Page 55 of of99 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Steam supply Steam supply to to the TDAFWP should the TDAFWP should not not be be aligned aligned from from aa faulted faulted SG. Shift Manager SG. Shift Manager should should determine determine if if plant plant conditions conditions warrant warrant supplying steam supplying steam from from faulted faulted SGs.SGs.

4.11 4.11 WHEN control power WHEN control power isis restored restored ANDAND MCB MCB control control ofTDAFWP of TDAFWP steam steam supply supply valves is valves is desired, desired, THEN THEN perform perform the following:

following:

4.11.1 4.11.1 Check MCB Check MCB annunciator annunciator JF5, JF5, TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM ISOISO VL VLVV AIR AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear.

4.11.2 Place MCB MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP FROM 1lB B SG, SG, Q1N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 QIN12HV3235A126 1.3 and 3.3 lit.

4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM I1 C SG, Q1N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.

QIN12HV3235B 4.11.4 IFTDAFWP IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB lB SG, QINl2HV3235A Q1N12HV3235A (Q IN I 2V001 (QINI2VOOIA-A) A-A) is jacked open open, , THEN perform the following

• • TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB lB SG, QIN12HV3235A Q1N12HV3235A

((1] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.

(( )) Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.

(( )) Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.

(( )) Insert the pin in the jacking device.

4.11.5 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC lC 5G. SG, Q1N12HV32 QIN12HV3235B 358 (Q1N12VOO (QINI2VOOIB-B) IB-B) isis jacked jacked openopen, THEN perform the following

• TDAFWP TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV32 IB SG, QIN12HV3235B 35B

[][ ] Adjust Adjust thethe jacking jacking device device until the the pin pin connecting connecting the the jacking jacking device device to to the the valve valve stemstem isis loose enough enough toto remove.

(( )) Remove Remove the pin connecting the pin connecting the the jacking jacking device device to to the the valve valve stem.

stem.

[1[ ] Position Position thethe jacking jacking device device to to the the fully backed backed out out position.

position.

(( J] Insert pin in the pin Insert the in the the jacking jacking device.

device.

Page Page 66 of of99 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05 10/27/09 16:05:24

24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 FNP- I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Feeding aafaulted Feeding faulted steam steam generator generatorshould should only only be be done donewithwith Shift Shift Manager concurrence.

Manager concurrence.

4.12 4.12 WHEN control WHEN control power power and and instrument instrument air are restored air are restored AND AND MCBMCB control control of ofthe the TDAFW flow TDAFW flow control control valves valves isis desired, desired, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

following:

4.12.1 4.12.1 Check air Check air available available to TDAFWP FCVs to TDAFWP FCVs as as follows:

follows:

4.12.1.1 4.l2.l.l MCB annunciator MCB annunciator KD2, KD2, IA IA PRESS PRESS LO, LO, isis clear.

clear.

4.12.1.2 4.12.1.2 Restore air Restore air to to the following:

the following: (127' (127 MSVR)

MSVR)

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 1A IA SO SG QIN23HV3228A Q1N23HV3228A

• TDAFWP TO IB lB SO SG QIN23HV3228B Q1N23HV3228B

• TDAFWP TO lC SO SG QIN23HV3228C Q1N2311V3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:

• TDAFWP TO lA SO SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA (100% demand).

• TDAFWP TO 1B lB SO SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA (100% demand).

• TDAFWP TO IIC C SO SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA (100% demand).

4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD

• TDAFWP TO IA lA SG SO Q1N23HV32 QIN23HV3228A. 28A.

• TDAFWP TO lB 1B SG SO Q1N23HV32 QIN23HV3228B. 28B.

• TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO IC1C SG SO Q1N23HV32 QIN23HV3228C. 28C.

4.12.4 4.12.4 Reset Reset TDAFW TDAFW FCVs FCVs using using TDAFWP TDAFWP FCV FCV 3228 3228 RESET RESET switch.

switch.

4.12.5 4.12.5 Slowly Slowly close close TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO IA IA SG SO FLOW FLOW CONTCONT HIC HIC 3228AA 3228AA until until aa slight slight reduction reduction in in flow flow isis observed.

observed.

4.12.6 4.12.6 Place Place the the manual manual jack jack forfor TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO IA 1A SG, SO, Q1N23HV32 Q1N23HV3228A 28A in in the the fully fully backed backed outout position.

position. (127' MSVR)

(127 MSVR) 4.12.7 4.12.7 Slowly Slowly close close TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO lB 1B SG SO FLOW FLOW CONTCONT HIC HIC 3228BA 3228BA until until aa slight slight reduction reduction inin flow flow isis observed.

observed.

4.12.8 4.12.8 Place Place the the manual manualjackjackfor for TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO lB I B SG, SO, Q1N23HV32 Q I N23HV3228B 28B in in the the fully fully backed backed outoutposition.

position. (127' MSVR)

(127 MSVR)

Page Page 77of of99 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 FNP- I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.12.9 4.12.9 Slowly close Slowly close TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO lC IC SG FLOW CONT SG FLOW CONT HIC HIC 3228CA 3228CA until until aa slight reduction slight reduction in in flow flow isis observed.

observed.

4.12.10 4.12.10 Placetheman Place the manual ualjackforTD jack for TDAFWP AFWPTO TO lCIC SG, SG, QIN23HV3228C Q1N23HV3228C in in the fully the fully backed backed out out position.

position. (127' (127 MSVR)

MSVR) 4.12.11 4.12.11 Control AFW Control AFW flowflow toto maintain maintain SG SG levels levels as as desired.

desired.

4.13 4.13 Restore TDAFWP Restore TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 as ISO, QIN12HV3226 as follows:

follows:

4.13.1 Verify 4.13.1 Verify the the manual manual jack jack onon TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO, ISO, QIN12HV3226 Q1N12HV3226 isis fully backed out.

fully out. (100 TDAFWP (100' TDAFWP Room)Room) 4.13.2 Restore 4.13.2 Restore airair to to TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP ISO ISO Q 1N 12HV3226.

Q1N12HV32 26.

4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP && THRTL Independently THRTL VLV, QIN12MOV3406 Q1N12M0V3406 open.

IV 4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED Independently IV not in alarm 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:

Independently IV

• • MLB4I.3 MLB 41.3

• • MLB42.3 MLB 4 2.3

• • MLB43.3 MLB 4 3.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following:

Independently (127 (127' MSVR)

IV IV

• TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB IB SG Q1N12HV32 QIN12HV3235A 35A

(( )) jacking jacking device disconnected from valve stem stem

[]

[ ] jacking jacking device device backed backed fully out out pin inserted

[ ] pin

[1 inserted in in jacking jacking device device

• TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP FROM FROM IC lC SG SG Q1N12HV32 QIN12HV3235B 358

(( )) jacking jacking device device disconnected disconnected from from valve valve stem stem

[1[ ] jacking jacking device device backed backed fully fully out out

[1 pin inserted

[ ] pin inserted in injacking jacking device device Page Page 88 of of9 9 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:05:24 10/27/09 16 05 24 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.18 4.18 Independently Verify Independently Verify jacking device device backed backed fully fully out out for for the the following:

following:

IV IV (127 MSVR)

(127' MSVR)

• • TDAFWP TO TDAFWP TO lA 1A SG,SG, QIN23HV3228A Q1N23HV3228A

• • TDAFWP TO TDAFWP TO IB lB SG,SG, QIN23HV3228B Q1N23HV3228B

• • TDAFWP TO TDAFWP IC SG, TO lC SG, QIN23HV3228C Q1N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 Q1N12HV3226 restored as follows:

follows:

manual jack on TDAFWP STM 4.19.1 Verify the manual STM SUPP ISO, ISO, QIN12HV3226 Q1N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100 TDAFWP Room)

(100' 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226. Q1N12HV3226.

IV 5.0 References 5.1 D175007 P&ID -Aux.Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D175033/2 P&ID - Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D177188 DI77188 Elementary Diagram - Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Train "c" C

5.4 D177 189 DI77189 Elem Diag Turbine Driven Aux Feedwater Pump Train "c" C 5.5 D177590/1 DI7759011 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves SH 22 5.6 D177944 DI77944 Single Line Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS 5.7 U 176873 U176873 Parts List for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.8 UI 76883 U176883 Outline & Dimensions for HV-3226 5.9 U 176884 U176884 Dimensional Drawing for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.10 U25921 8 U259218 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 5.11 U259384 3" 600# Globe Valve (QIN12VOOIA 3 (QINI2VOOIA & B) 5.12 U262093 Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine Drive Manual 5.13 U280317 Limitorque Valve Operator Instruction and Maintenance Maintenance Manual 5.14 A 181010 A181010 Functional Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.15 5.15 NL-04-0287 NL-04-0287 Letter, Letter, L.

L. M.

M. Stinson to USNRC, USNRC, Joseph "Joseph M.M. Farley Farley Nuclear Nuclear Plants Plants Units 11 and 22 Application for License Renewal Renewal- December 12, 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information, Information," February February 26, 26, 2004.

Question 66 response includes includes discussion ofof Severe Severe Accident Mitigation Mitigation Alternative Alternative #166 regarding operation operation ofof the TDAFWP TDAFWP with no with no control control power.

power.

Page of9 Page 99 of 9 Version 63.0 Version 63.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 September September 24, 24, 2009 2009 Version Version 61.0 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-22.0 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 SS A

A FF EE T

Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:

JJ LL Hunter Hunter (for)

Operations Operations Manager Manager Date Issued:

Date Issued: October October 21, 21, 2009 2009

10/27/09 16:06:59 10127/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 TABLE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure Contains Number of Number of Pages Pages Body ........................................................ 17 Body 17 Appendix A Appendix A ............................................... 33 Appendix B Appendix B ............................................... 33 Appendix C Appendix C ............................................... 33 Appendix D D ............................................... 3 Appendix E E ............................................... 7 Appendix F .............................................. 16 16 Appendix G ............................................... 55 Appendix Appendix H H ............................................... 4 Appendix I. I ..................................... 9 AppendixJJ ....................................... 4 Appendix Appendix K ...................................... 3 AppendixL Appendix L ...................................... 3 AppendixM Appendix M ...................................... 3 Figure 11 ..................................................... 1 Figure 2 ..................................................... 11 Page Page 11 of of I1 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT UNIT 22 UNIT SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 SOP-22 .0 AUXILIARY FEEDW AUXILIARY FEEDWATERA TER SYSTEM SYSTEM 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose This procedure This procedure provides provides the the Initial Initial Conditions, Conditions, Precautions, Precautions, Limitations, Limitations, and and Instructions Instructions for for operation of operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater the Auxiliary Feedwater System.

System. Instructions Instructions are are included included in the following in the following sections:

sections:

4.1 4.1 Remote Manual Remote Manual Startup Startup of2A(2B) of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.

MDAFWP.

4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of2A(2B) of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.

4.3 of TDAFWP.

Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.

4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.of TDAFWP.

4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's. of MDAFWPs.

4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP. of TDAFWP.

4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.

4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.

4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.

4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 2A MDAFWP.

4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 2B MDAFWP.

Version 61.0 Version6l.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Appendix A Appendix A Operation of Operation ofthe the AFW AFW Check Check Valve Valve Temperature Temperature Recorder.

Recorder.

Appendix BB Appendix Termination of Termination of 2A 2A MDAFWP MDAFWP Steam Steam Binding.

Binding.

Appendix C Appendix C Termination of2B Termination of 2B MDAFWP MDAFWP SteamSteam Binding.

Binding.

Appendix D Appendix D Termination ofTDAFWP Termination of TDAFWP SteamSteam Binding.

Binding.

Appendix EE Appendix Flushing AFW Flushing AFW PumpPump Suction Suction Piping.

Piping.

Appendix FF Appendix Flushing SW Flushing SW andand CST CST to the TDAFW to the TDAFW Pump Pump Piping.

Piping.

Appendix G Appendix Slow Start ofTDAFWP Slow of TDAFWP Following Following Maintenance.

Maintenance.

Appendix H AppendixH Leak Check Leak Check ofof Air Supply Supply Lines Lines to the TDAFW TDAFW Steam Steam Supply Supply Valves.

Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.

Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT Appendix K AppendixK Venting and Filling the A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling the B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling the TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 11 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 2.0 2.0 Conditions Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with per FNP-2-S0P-36.0, exceptions noted.

2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-3 1.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

FNP-2-S0P-31.0, 2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-2-S0P-22.0, FNP-2-SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.

2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-2-S0P-58.0, FNP-2-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HV HVACAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

2.5 FNP-2-SOP-17.0, Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-2-S0P-17 .0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (NOT necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V iliOT 41 60V breaker before the valves can be opened.

3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:

3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.

3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.

3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.

3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does NOT meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.

3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should NOT normally be used during plant heatup.

3.5 3.5 High temperatures indicated indicated between the AFW pumps pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate indicate back back leakage thru the check check valves. IF AFW pump steam steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix Appendix B, C, or D B, C, D should be performed performed as appropriate.

Version Version 61.0 61.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWP's Auto MDAFWPs on trip of both SGFP's, SGFPs, may be defeated at the BOP FNP-2-UOP- 1.2 and using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-2-UOP-l.2 FNP-2-UOP-2. I for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.

FNP-2-UOP-2.1 3.7 1, 2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator In operational modes 1,2 auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:

3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.

3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.

3.9 During non-emergency operation the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.

3.100 3.1 Do NOT run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.

3.11 3.l1 IF Q2N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.

3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.

3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.

3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SG's.

SGs.

3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental supervision to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.

3.16 IF no indication is present for TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, VL V, Q2NI 2MOV3406, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, Q2N12MOV3406, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340)

Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:06:59 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 3.17 3.17 Excessive feeding Excessive feeding of ofthe the Steam Generators with Steam Generators with the comparatively cold the comparatively cold CST CST water can water can cause Reactor power cause Reactor power to increase due to increase due to the decrease to the decrease inin RCS RCS cold cold leg leg temperature. (Ref.

temperature. (Ref. Vogtle Vogtle power power increase increase event event of of 08-04-97, 08-04-97, NRCNRC event event #32721)

1. 32721) 3.18 3.18 MDAFW pumps MDAFW will automatically pumps will automatically start start on on anyone any one of ofthe the following:

following:

3.18.1 3.18.1 A steam A steam generator generator 10-10 b-b level level of28%

of 28% (2/3 level instruments (2/3 level instruments in in 1/3 1/3 steam steam generators) and generators) and no LOSP.

no LOSP.

3.18.2 3.18.2 Both main feed Both feed pumps pumps tripped and and no LOSP.

LOSP.

3.18.3 An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 3.18.4 sequencer signal An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone any one of the following:

3.19.1 b-b level of28%

A steam generator 10-10 of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).

3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.20 TDAFW Steam supply valve operation on Unit 2 is as follows:

3.20.1 HV-3226, HV -3226, HV-3235A HV -3235A and HV-3235B HV -3235B open signals seal in as soon as they clear the closed limit switch. Therefore when securing the TDAFW TDAFW pump on on Unit 2, you must hold the handswitches to CLOSE 2, you until sufficient time has passed passed to allow valve closure.

3.21 3.21 Pipe internals Pipe can be internals can be potentially potentially degraded. Proceed with degraded. Proceed with caution.

caution. Do Do not not subject subject vent/drain vent/drain piping to any piping to undue stress any undue stress during during removal removal of of pipe pipe cap/plug.

cap/plug.

(A12009202 698).

(AI2009202698).

Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/0916:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Version Version 61.0 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANTPLANT UNET 2 UNIT APPENDIX I OPERATION TDAFWP OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed By________

Completed By_ _ _ _ ____

__________ _ _ _ ______ __ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ __

By_ _ _ _

Verification By________ _ _ ___________

_ _ _ ______ __ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ __

By_ _ _ __________

Reviewed By________

Reviewed _ _ _ ___________

_______ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Date This This appendix appendix consists consists of of 99 pages pages

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II APPENDIX II APPENDIX TDAFWP OPERATION TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUTWITHOUT CONTROL CONTROL POWER POWER 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose Provide guidance Provide guidance for for control control of the TDAFWP of the TDAFWP by by manually manually controlling controlling TDAFWP TDAFWP steam steam supply valves, supply valves, TDAFWP TDAFWP trip trip throttle throttle valve, valve, and and TDAFWP TDAFWP flow flow control control valves valves following following aa full full or or partial partial loss of control loss of control power.

power.

2.0 2.0 Initial conditions Initial conditions 2.1 The version of of this procedure has been verified to be the current current version.

1-98-498)

(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the ofthis TDAFWP or supporting components.

2.4 At of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:

least one team of2

• I2 OR Channel lock pliers 2':10" Adjustable wrench 2':12" I0

• Flashlight 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.

3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.

3.3 A A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.

3.4 3.4 The TDAFWP The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2)

(2) hours without battery battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, indicators, annunciators annunciators,, and controls, may become erratic erratic or unreliable or unreliable inin the the Main Main Control Control Room Room andand TDAFWP TDAFWP room.

room.

Page Page 11 of of99 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 3.5 3.5 TDAFWP equipment TDAFWP equipment fails fails as follows:

as follows:

3.5.1 Loss 3.5.1 Loss of of control control power:

power:

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP FROMFROM 2B 2B and and 2C2C SO, SG, Q2N12HV3235A&B Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOOIA&B) fail (Q2NI2VOOIA&B) fail closed closed

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP ISO ISO Q2N12HV3226 Q2N12HV3226 fails fails open open

• • The The TDAFWP TDAFWP governor governor fails fails to to maximum maximum speed speed position position

• TDAFWP

• TDAFWP TRIP & TRIP THRTL

& THRTL VL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 fails V Q2Nl2MOV3406 fails as-is as-is (motor (motor operator and operator and control control supplied supplied from from same same breaker) breaker) 3.5.2 Loss 3.5.2 Loss of of air air

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPSUPP FROM FROM 2B 2B and and 2C2C SO SG Q2N12HV3235A&B Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOO1A&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide (Q2NI2VOOIA&B) provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for an for two (2) hours.)

hours.)

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO ISO Q2N12HV3226 Q2N12HV3226 fails fails open 4.0 Instructions NOTE: The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.

4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q2N12MOV3406 Q2N I 2M0V3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100' (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 Q2N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV Q2N12MOV3406. 3406.

4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.

4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV32 Q2N12HV3226. (100' TDAFWP Room)

26. (100 4.4 4.4 Verify Verify TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP ISO, ISO, Q2N12HV32 Q2N12HV3226 26 jacking jacking device fully out.out.

NOTE:

NOTE: If If both both steam steam generators are are faulted the the Shift Shift Manager Manager should should determine determine the the desired steam steam supply.

supply.

4.5 4.5 Jack Jack open steam supply open steam supply to the TDAFWP to the TDAFWP from from all all intact intact SGs:

SOs:

• TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPLY SUPPLY FROM FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV32 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A 35A (Q2NI2V000 1A-A). (127 (Q2NI2VOOOIA-A). (127' MSVR)

MSVR)

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPPLY SUPPLY FROM FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV32 2C 5G. Q2N12HV3235B 35B (Q2NI2V000 1B-B). (127 (Q2NI2VOOOIB-B). (127' MSVR)

MSVR)

Page Page 22 ofof99 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.6 4.6 Perform the Perform the following:

following:

4.6.1 4.6.1 Establish communications Establish communications between between TDAFWPTDAFWP Room Room and and Control Control Room.

Room.

4.6.2 Inform 4.6.2 Inform the Control Room the Control Room Operator Operator starting starting the the TDAFWP.

TDAFWP.

NOTES:

NOTES: ** The list The list in the following in the following step step isis in in the the preferred preferred order.

order.

[ ** Step 4.8 Step 4.8 provides provides instructions instructions for for resetting resetting trip trip throttle throttle valve.

valve.

4.7 4.7 Establish TDAFWP Establish TDAFWP operation operation by throttling open by throttling open TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP TRIP && THRTL THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 VLV Q2N12M0V3406 to establish one of the following following conditions based on available indicators:

available indicators:

• • Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SI-341 1A (MCB)

SPD SI-3411A

• Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators

• Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B P1-322213 approximately approximately 100 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB). (PI-3222B on outside wall of ,A A' MDAFWP room)

• Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)

• Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge of ofTDAFWP.

TDAFWP. (100(100' TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP TRIP & THROTTLE THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is 3406 overspeed tripped, THEN perform perform the following:

4.8.1 4.8.1 Manually Manually closeclose TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP TRIP & THROTTLE THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0VQ2N12MOV3406. 3406.

4.8.2 4.8.2 Reset Reset the the overspeed overspeed linkage linkage on the TDAFWP on the TDAFWP by by pushing pushing linkage linkage towards towards trip throttle valve.

trip throttle valve.

4.8.3 4.8.3 Return Return toto step step 4.7.

4.7.

Page Page 33 of of99 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Feeding aafaulted Feeding faulted steam steam generator generator should should only only be be done done with with Shift Shift Manager concurrence.

Manager concurrence.

NOTE:

NOTE: Adjusting HV-3228A, Adjusting HV-3228A, B B or or C OR pump C OR pump speed speed affects affects AFW AFW flow flow rate rate to to all all steam generators.

steam generators.

4.9 4.9 Locally Throttle Locally Throttle AFW AFW to SGs as to SGs as directed directed by by control control room.

room. (127' (127 MSVR)

MSVR)

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP TO 2A SG TO 2A Q2N23HV3228A SG Q2N23HV3228A

• . TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV32 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B 28B TDAFWP TO

• . TDAFWP TO 2C 2C SG SG Q2N23HV3228C Q2N23HV3228C f NOTE: Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.

4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:

4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC SiC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed. (MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N Q2N12MOV3406 1 2MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.

4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is alarm NOT in.

4.10.4 4.10.4 Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 3405 as required required to control TDAFWP TDAFWP speed.

speed. (MCB)

(MCB)

Page Page 44 of of99 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2S0P-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Steam supply Steam supply to to the TDAFWP should the TDAFWP should NOTNOT be be aligned aligned from from aa faulted SG.

faulted SG. Shift Shift Manager Manager should should determine determine if plant conditions if plant conditions warrant supplying warrant supplying steam steam from faulted SGs from faulted SGs 4.11 4.11 WHEN control WHEN control power power isis restored restored AND AND MCB MCB control control ofof TDAFWP TDAFWP steam steam supply supply valves isis desired, valves desired, THEN THEN perform perform the following:

the following:

4.11.1 4.11.1 Check MCB Check MCB annunciator annunciator JF5,JF5, TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM ISOISO VLVLV V AIR AIR ACCUM LO ACCUM LO PRESS, PRESS, clearclear 4.11.2 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO SG Q2N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 Q2N12HV3235A126 1.3 and 3.3 lit.

4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO SG Q2N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.

Q2N12HV3235B 4.11.4 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, SG, Q2N12HV3235A Q2N12HV3235A (Q2N12VOO1A-A) is jacked open, (Q2NI2VOOIA-A) open , THEN perform the following

• • TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, SG, Q2N12HV3235A Q2N12HV3235A

((1] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.

[ )) Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.

(( ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.

[ ] Insert the pin in

[] in the jacking device.

4.11.5 4.11.5 IFTDAFWP IF TDAFWP STM STM SUPP FROM FROM 2C 2C SG,SO, Q2N12HV32 Q2N12HV3235B 35B (Q2N12VOO (Q2NI2VOOIB-B) 1B-B) isis jacked jacked open open, THEN

, THEN perform perform thethe following following

• TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP FROM FROM 2C 2C SG, SO, Q2N12HV32 Q2N12HV3235B 35B

[ ] Adjust

[1 Adjust the the jacking jacking device device until until the the pin pin connecting connecting the the jacking jacking device device to to the the valve stem isis loose valve stem loose enough enough to to remove.

remove.

(( )) Remove Remove the pin connecting the pin connecting the the jacking jacking device device toto the the valve valve stem.

stem.

(()) Position Position the the jacking jacking device device toto the the fully fully backed backed out out position.

position.

(( I] Insert Insert thethe pin pin inin the the jacking jacking device.

device.

Pages Page 5of of9 9 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/0916:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II CAUTION:

CAUTION: Feeding aa faulted Feeding faulted steam steam generator generatorshouldshould only only be be done done with with Shift Shift Manager concurrence.

Manager concurrence.

4.12 4.12 WHEN control WHEN control power power and and instrument instrument air air are are restored restored AND AND MCB MCB control control of of the the TDAFW flow TDAFW control valves flow control valves isis desired, desired, THEN THEN perform perform the the following:

following:

4.12.1 4.12.1 Check air Check air available available to TDAFWP FCVs to TDAFWP FCVs as as follows:

follows:

4.12.1.1 MCB 4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator annunciator KD2, KD2, IA IA PRESS PRESS LO, LO, isis clear.

clear.

4.12.1.2 Restore air Restore air to to the following:

following: (127' (127 MSVR)

MSVR)

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 2A2A sa,SG, Q2N23HV3228A Q2N23HV3228A

• • TDAFWP TO 2B sa, SG, Q2N23HV3228B Q2N23HV3228B

• • TDAFWP TO 2C sa, SG, Q2N23HV3228C Q2N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:

• TDAFWP TO 2A sa SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA (100% demand).

• TDAFWP TO 2B sa SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA (100% demand).

• TDAFWP TO 2C sa SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA (100% demand).

4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD

• TDAFWP TO 2A sa SG Q2N23HV32 Q2N23HV3228A. 28A.

• TDAFWP TO 2B sa SG Q2N23HV3228B.

Q2N23HV3228B.

• TDAFWP TO 2C SG sa Q2N23HV32 Q2N23HV3228C. 28C.

4.12.4 4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 3228 RESET switch.

4.12.5 Slowly Slowly close close TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 2A2A SG sa FLOW FLOW CONTCONT HIC HIC 3228AA 3228AA until until a slight reduction reduction in in flow is observed.

4.12.6 4.12.6 Place Place the the manual manual jack jack for TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 2A sa, Q2N23HV32 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A 28A in in the the fully backed backed out out position.

position. (127 (127' MSVR)

MSVR) 4.12.7 4.12.7 Slowly Slowly close close TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 2B2B SG sa FLOW FLOW CONTCONT HIC HIC 3228BA 3228BA until until aa slight slight reduction reduction in in flow flow isis observed.

observed.

4.12.8 4.12.8 Place Place the the manual manual jack jack for for TDAFWP TDAFWP TO TO 2B sa, Q2N231-1V3 2B SO, Q2N23HV3228B 228B in in the the fully fully backed backed out out position.

position. (127 (127' MSVR)

MSVR) 4.12.9 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP Slowly close TDAFWP TO TO 2C2C SG sa FLOW FLOW CONTCONT HIC HIC 3228CA 3228CA until until aa slight slight reduction reduction in in flow flow isis observed.

observed.

4.12.10 4.12.10 Place the manual Place the manual jack for TDAFWP jack for TDAFWP TO TO 2C sa, Q2N23HV32 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 28C in in the fully the fully backed backed out out position.

position. (127 (127' MSVR)

MSVR)

Page Page 66 of of99 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.12.11 4.12.11 Control AFW Control AFW flowflowto maintain SG to maintain SG levels levels as as desired.

desired.

4.13 4.13 Restore TDAFWP Restore TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO, ISO, Q2N12HV3226 Q2N12HV3226 as as follows:

follows:

4.13.1 Verify 4.13.1 Verify the the manual manual jackjack on on TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO, Q2N 1 2HV3226 isis ISO, Q2N12HV3226 fully backed fully backed out.

out. (100' (100 TDAFWP TDAFWP Room)

Room) 4.13.2 Restore 4.13.2 Restore air air to to TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP ISO, ISO, Q2N12HV3226.

Q2N12HV3226.

4.14 4.14 Independently Verify Independently Verify TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIP TRIP && THRTL THRTL VLV, VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 Q2N12MOV3406 open.open.

IV IV 4.15 4.15 Independently Verify Independently Verify annunciator annunciator JG4, JG4, TDAFWP TDAFWP TRIPTRIP AND AND TVTV CLOSED CLOSED IV IV NOT in alarm.

NOT in alarm.

Page Page77of of9 9 Version61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 4.16 4.16 Independently Verify Independently Verify thethe following following lights lit:

lights lit:

IV IV

• • MLB4I.3 MLB 41.3

• • MLB42.3 MLB 4 2.3

• • MLB43.3 MLB 4 3.3 4.17 4.17 Independently Verify Independently Verify thethe following:

following: (127' (127 MSVR)

MSVR)

IV IV

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP FROM FROM 2B SO Q2N12HV3235A SG Q2N12HV3235A

[{ )) jacking device device disconnected disconnected fromfrom valve valve stem stem

((1] jacking device backed fully out

((1] pin inserted in in jacking device

• • TDAFWP TDAFWP STM STM SUPP SUPP FROM 2C 2C SO Q2N12HV3235B SG Q2N12HV3235B

[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem

((1] jacking device backed fully out

[ ] pin inserted in jacking device 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:

Independently IV (127 MSVR)

(127'

• TDAFWP TO 2A SO, SG, Q2N23HV3228A Q2N23HV3228A

• TDAFWP TO 2B SO, Q2N23HV3228B SG, Q2N23HV3228B

• TDAFWP TO 2C SO, Q2N23HV3228C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N 12HV3226 Independently 1 2HV3226 restored as follows:

4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N Q2N12HV3226 I 2HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100(100' TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV32 Q2N12HV3226.26.

IV 5.0 5.0 References 5.1 5.1 D205007 D205007 & II Diagram PP & Diagram - Aux.Aux. Feedwater Feedwater System System 5.2 5.2 D205033/2 D205033/2 P&ID P&ID - Main

- Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam and Auxiliary Steam Steam Systems Systems 5.3 5.3 D2071 D207188 88 Elementary Elementary Diagram Diagram - Turbine Turbine Driven Driven Aux.

Aux. Feedwater Feedwater Pump Pump Train "COO Train C 5.4 5.4 D207 D207189 189 Elementary Elementary Diagram Diagram Turbine Turbine Aux.Aux. Feedwater Feedwater Pump Pump Train Train C "COO Sh.

Sh.22 5.5 5.5 D207590/1 D207590/1 Elementary Elementary Diagram Diagram Solenoid Solenoid Valves Valves Page Page 88 of of9 9 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

10/27/09 16:07:57 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 5.6 5.6 D207944 D207944 Single Line Single Line Diagram Diagram - Turbine

- Turbine Driven Driven Aux.

Aux. Feedwater Feedwater Pump Pump UPS UPS 5.7 5.7 U2092 19 U209219 Parts List Parts List for for HV-3227-A-B-C HV-3227-A-B-C 5.8 5.8 U209220 U209220 Parts Lists Parts Lists for for HV-3228A-B-C HV-3228A-B-C 5.9 5.9 U209221 U209221 Parts List Parts List for for HV-3226 HV-3226 5.10 5.10 U2 10470 U210470 3 600#

3" 600# Pressure-Seal Pressure-Seal Globe Globe && Stop Stop Check-Air Check-Air Operated Operated Valve Valve 5.11 5.11 U214461 U214461 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Turbine Feedwater Pump Schematic Schematic Diagram Diagram 5.12 5.l2 U277859 U277859 TDAFW Turbine TDAFW Turbine Instruction Instruction Manual Manual 5.13 A 181010 A181010 Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.14 5.14 NL-04-0287 Letter, L.

L. M. Stinson Stinson to USNRC, "Joseph Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1I and 2 Application for License Units License Renewal Renewal - December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information,"

Information, February 26, 2004.

Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative ##166 166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.

Page Page 99 of of9 9 Version 61.0 Version 61.0

FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM k. Page 11 of 6

k. In Plant JPM SO-347A TITLE: Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~ X SOCT OLT~

OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM X SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~ X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

I. This JPM MUST be perfonned

1. performed on UNIT 2 only, due to differences between the Battery Chargers on each unit.

2. Obtaining breaker interlock keys and the Racking Tool are evaluated by another Breaker racking JPM, and are not evaluated for this JPM.

3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 Appendix 7:

• Place The 2C Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: __________________

Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM k.k. Page Page 22 ofof 66 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you to begin, you to begin, you you are are to PLACE THE to PLACE THE SWING SWING BATTERYBATTERY CHARGER CHARGER IN IN SERVICE SERVICE ELECTRICA LLY. The conditions ELECTRICALL Y. The conditions under under which which this this task task isis to to be be performed performed are:

are:

a. Unit

a. Unit 22 isis in in Mode Mode I.1.

b. Directed by

b. Directed by Unit Control Room Unit 22 Control Room Operator Operator to align 2C to align 2C BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER to to A A Train Train ELECTRICALLY per ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-S0P-37.1, FNP-2-SOP-37. 1, Appendix Appendix 7, starting at 7, starting at step step 2.0 2.0 and and completing completing to to step step 2.19.

2.19.

• FNP-2-SOP- 37.l, Appendix 7,

• FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up is complete up to to step 2.0 step 2.0

• • All All automatic automatic associated associated fire fire detection detection and and suppression suppression systems systems areare operable.

operable.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: ** Examinee should initial steps as they are performed and identify to the examiner that NOTE:

another person will be needed to initial the IV and CV steps. (CUE: A PERSON IS AVAILABLE AS A VERIFIER.)

AVAILABLE Demonstration of how to obtain a key in element 11 is not required.

• Demonstration 1.

1. Obtain SI key (REI 1592) from Shift SI1 key obtained. (CUE: SI S 51 (RE S / U Support Supervisor 11592) key obtained.)

NOTE: 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker positions are not labeled. When performing element 2, SOP-36.1, Appendix 7, Step 2.2 Verify "Verify 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker Open, Open", Human performance tools may be used to stop, call a time out, get an evaluation performed, and ensure the positions of the breaker are known prior to continuing.

CUE IF NECESSAR NECESSARY: Y: ELECTRICA ELECTRICAL L MAINTENA MAINTENANCE NCE HAS EVALUATE EVALUATED D THE BREAKER POSITION AND DOWN DOWN IS OFF OFF (OPEN)

(OPEN) ANDAND UP IS ON (CLOSED). A CR HAS BEEN WRITTEN WRITTEN TO INSTALL PERMANEN PERMANENT T LABLING.

2.

2. Verify Verify 2C 2C Battery Battery Charger Charger DC DC OUTPUT OUTPUT DC output breaker DC output breaker verified verified open.

open. SS // U U

CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER open. open. (CUE:

(CUE: DC DC output output circuit circuit breaker breaker is is open.)

open.)

3.

3. Verify Verify 2C 2C Battery Battery Charger Charger AC AC INPUT INPUT AC input circuit AC input circuit breaker breaker verified verified SS // U U

CRICUIT CRICUIT BREAKER BREAKER open. open. open.

open. (CUE:

(CUE: AC AC input input circuit circuit breaker breaker isis open.)

open.)

• 4

• 4. Insert Insert key key S1(RE11592 SI(REI1592) ) into into interlock interlock on on Key Key isis turned turned toto unlock unlock onon SS // U U

2C 2C BATTERY BATTERY CHARGERCHARGER SUPPLY SUPPLY disconnect.

disconnect. (CUE: (CUE: Disconnect Disconnect DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A 2A FROM FROM LCC LCC 2D,2D, breaker breaker to 600V LC to 600V LC unlocked.)

unlocked.)

Q2RI 8B00 lA-A, and Q2RI8BOOIA-A, and turn tum to to unlock.

unlock.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 NRC exam T-33 NRC exam JPMJPM k.k. Page Page 33 of6 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• 5

• 5. Close 2C Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY SUPPLY Disconnect breaker Disconnect breaker closed.

closed. (CUE: S/U (CUE: S / U DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A2A FROM FROM LCC 2D, LCC 2D, Disconnect breaker to Disconnect to 600V 600V LC LC Q2RI8BOO 1A-A.

Q2RI8BOOIA-A. is closed.)

is closed.)

• 6.

• 6. 11586).

Remove Al key (RE 11586). Al (RE 11586) 11586) key removed. SS I/ U (CUE: Al key is removed.)

I CUE: BREAKER ED-09 IS IN THE PROPER CUBICLE.

• 7*

• 7. A1(RE 11586)

Insert key Al(RE 11586) in interlock on Examinee inserts key, unlocks SS/U

/ U ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C breaker interlock and mentions Q2R42EOO1C-AB and tum Q2R42EOOIC-AB turn to unlock and racking in breaker; actual racking rack breaker in. covered by Task SO-324. (CUE:

interlock on ED-09 unlocked and breaker racked in.)

• 8.

• 8. On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL Breaker is closed. (CUE: Red S / U Q2H21E009-A, close CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, position indicating light is lit and ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C mechanical indicator indicates Q2R42E00 1 C-AB.

Q2R42EOOIC-AB. closed for breaker ED-09.)

• 9*

• 9. Remove key A2 (RE 11587). A2 (RE 11587) key removed. S I/ U U (CUE: A2 key is removed.)

• 10.

• 10. Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C Interlock on disconnect breaker S S / U U BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT unlocked. (CUE: Disconnect DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A TO BREAKER LA-I LA-18,8, breaker to LA-l8 is unlocked.)

Q2R1 8B002A-A and turn Q2RI8B002A-A tum to unlock.

11.

• 1l. Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE: S S / U U DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-DISCONNECT LA-1818 LA-l8 is Disconnect breaker to LA-18 Q2RI 8B002A-A.

Q2RI8BOO2A-A. closed.)

• 12.

• 12. Remove key A3 (RE 11588). A3 key removed. (CUE: A3 A3key key SS /I UU is removed.)

• 13.

• 13. Insert Insert key A3 (RE 11588)

A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on on Interlock on LA-18 unlocked.

Interlock on unlocked. SS /I UU BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER BATTERY CHARGER 2C (CUE: Interlock on on breaker is LA- 18 and LA-18 and turn tum to unlock. unlocked.)

unlocked.)

NOTE:

NOTE: DEMONSTR DEMONSTRATION ATION OF OF HOW TO TO RACK RACK IN IN AA DC DC BREAKER BREAKER IN IN THE THE FOLLOWIN FOLLOWING G ELEMENT ELEMENT IS IS NOT NOT REQUIRED REQUIRED..

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM k.k. Page Page 44 of of66 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

• • 14.

I 4. Verify BREAKER Verify BREAKER BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER Breaker LA Breaker LA-I-188 verified verified racked racked in.in. SS II UU 2C LA-18 racked 2C LA-I8 racked in.in. (CUE: Breaker (CUE: Breaker LA-18 LA-18 isis racked racked in.)

in.)

• 15.

• 15. On 125V DC On I25V DC BUS BUS 2A2A LOCAL LOCAL CONTROL CONTROL Handswitch for Handswitch for breaker breaker LA LA-18-I 8 SS II UU PANEL Q2H2IEOI4-A, PANEL Q2H21E014-A, close close BATTERY BATTERY taken to taken to close.

close. (CUE:

(CUE: RedRed CHARGER 2C CHARGER 2C 72- LA-I18.

72- LA- 8. position indicating position indicating light light is lit and is lit and mechanical indicator mechanical indicator indicates indicates closed closed for for breaker LA-18.)

• 16.16. CHARGER 2C AC Close BATTERY CHARGER2C AC input breaker closed. (CUE: S I/ V U INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER. AC input breaker is closed.)

• • I17.

7. Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC DC output breaker closed after lOS 10 S I/ VU OUTPUT BREAKER. seconds. (CUE: DC output breaker is closed.)

18.

18. Check the charger for proper amps and Voltage and Amps checked. The S I/ V U voltage, voltage. following CVE CUE includes approximate expected values for the battery charger starting up in equalize mode. (CUE: The charger volt meter reads 138v.

The charger amp meter reads 150 amps).

150 STOP TIME Terminate Terminate after the 2C 2C battery battery charger is checked checked for proper proper amps amps and voltage voltage CUE:

CUE: another another operator operator will will complete complete Appendix Appendix 7. 7.

CRITICAL CRITICAL ELEMENTS ELEMENTS:: Critical Critical elements elements are are denoted denoted by by an asterisk (*)

an asterisk preceding the

(*) preceding the element element number.

number.

GENERAL GENERAL REFERENC

REFERENCES:

ES:

1.1. FNP-2-SOP- 37.1 Rev.

FNP-2-S0P-37.I Rev. 43.0 43.0 2.2. K/As:

K/As: 058AA1.02 058AA1.02 RO-3.1 RO-3.I SRO-3.1 SRO-3.l 058AA1.03 058AAl.03 RO-3.I RO-3.I SRO-3.3 SRO-3.3 GENERAL GENERAL TOOLS TOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMEN EQUIPMENT: T:

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 NRC exam JPM NRC exam JPM k.k. Page Page 55 of6 of 6 1.1. NONE NONE Critical ELEMENT Critical ELEMENT justification:

justification:

STEP STEP Evaluation Evaluation 1-3 1-3 NOT Critical: Verifying components NOT Critical: Verifying components which which are are already already in in the the required required position.

position.

44 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required to to CLOSE CLOSE Battery Battery Charger Charger Supply Supply disconnect.

disconnect.

55 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required to supply power to supply power to to Battery Battery Charger Charger Supply Supply Breaker.

Breaker.

6-7 6-7 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required toto allow allow closing closing Battery Battery Charger Charger supply supply breaker.

breaker.

88 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required to to supply supply power power to Battery Charger.

to Battery Charger.

9-15 9-15 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required to supply power to supply power from from Battery Charger Battery Charger to to Batt Batt Bus.

16 16 Critical: Task Critical: Task completion:

completion: required required to to energize energize Battery Battery Charger.

Charger.

17 17 Critical:

Critical: Task completion: required energize DC to energize DC Bus from from Battery Battery Charger.

Charger.

18 18 NOT Critical: Not required to be performed in order to properly complete task.

NOT COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 JPM JPM K. K. HANDOUT HANDOUT Page Page 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are to to PLACE PLACE THE THE SWING SWING BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER IN IN SERVICE SERVICE ELECTRICALLY. The ELECTRICALLY. The conditions conditions under under which this task which this task isis to to be be performed performed are:are:

a.a. Unit Unit 221s in Mode is in Model. 1.

b. Directed by

b. Directed Unit 22 Control by Unit Control Room Room Operator Operator to to align align 2C BATTERY CHARGER 2C BATTERY CHARGER to to A A Train Train ELECTRICA LLY per FNP-2-SOP-ELECTRICALL Y per FNP-2-S0P-37.l, Appendix 7,37. 1, Appendix 7, starting starting atat step step 2.0 2.0 and and completing completing to to step step 2.19.

2.19.

• • FNP-2-S0P-37.l, FNP-2-SOP-37.1, Appendix Appendix 7, 7, isis complete complete upup to step 2.0.

to step 2.0.

• • All automatic associated All automatic associated fire fire detection detection andand suppression suppression systemssystems are are operable.

operable.

10/27/09 13:44:04 10127/0913:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 October 1, October 1, 2009 2009 Version Version 43.0 43.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SYSTEM PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-37. II FNP-2-S0P-37.

SS A

FF E

E T

Y 125 VOLT D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM R

E E

L A

T E

D PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 FNP-0-AP..6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:

JJ L Hunter (for)

Operations Manager Date Issued:

Date Issued: October October 22, 22, 2009 2009

10/27/09 13:44:04 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37. I TABLE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure Contains Number of Number of Pages Pages Body .......................................................... 77 Body Appendix 1I ................................................ 88 Appendix Appendix 22 ................................................ 66 Appendix Appendix 33 ................................................ 44 Appendix Appendix 44 ................................................ 88 Appendix Appendix 55 ................................................ 66 Appendix Appendix 66 ................................................ 33 Appendix Appendix 77 ................................................ 6 Appendix Appendix 8 ........................................... '" .. 6 Appendix 9 ................................................ 3 Appendix 10 10 .............................................. 3 Appendix 11 .............................................. 9 Appendix 12 12 .............................................. 9 Page Page 11 of of I1

10/27/09 13:44:04 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT UNIT UNIT 22 SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE SOP-37.1 SOP-37.l 125V D.C.

125V D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING BUILDING DISTRIBUTION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMSYSTEM 1.0 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides thethe Initial Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of for of the Auxiliary Building, 125V 125V DC Distribution System.

System. Instructions are included in the following sections:

4.1 Battery charger 2A (2B) operation 4.2 Battery charger 2C operation 4.3 Station service batteries 2A and 2B operation 4.4 Aligning 125V DC distribution system for normal operation.

4.5 De-energizing 2A through 2F 125V De-energizing I 25V DC distribution system panels.

4.6 Supplying 2A or 2B batteries from 2C battery charger using the opposite train AC supply.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 Auxiliary building battery room exhaust system and battery charger room cooling FNP-2-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC systems are in operation per FNP-2-S0P-58.0, SYSTEM.

NOTE: Step 2.2 is applicable only to sections 4.1 and 4.2 respectively.

I 2.2 600V LC 2D and 2E are energized.

Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:44:04 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-3 FNP-2-SOP-37. 7.1I 3.0 3.0 Precautions and Precautions and Limitations Limitations 3.1 3.1 Observe the Observe the "No Smoking!? signs.

No Smoking" signs. Do Do not strike sparks not strike sparks or or operate operate space space heaters heaters in in the battery room.

the battery room.

3.2 3.2 Ensure that Ensure that the the battery battery room room exhaust exhaust ventilation ventilation system system isis in in operation operation atat all all times.

times.

3.3 3.3 Battery charger Battery charger voltage voltage should should not not exceed exceed 140140 volts.

volts. Charger Charger amps amps should should notnot exceed 600 exceed 600 amps.

amps.

3.4 3.4 Ensure hold Ensure hold tags tags and clearances for and clearances for the the components components or or panels panels toto be be energized energized have been have been removed.

3.5 3.5 l25V DC Battery Bus 125V Bus 2A 2A breaker LAl3 LAI3 andand 125V 125V DC DC distribution distribution panel2B panel 2B breaker 10 should not normally be opened; however, IF fl they have to be opened, THEN ensure 600V load center 1R is energized from its alternate supply per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 2081120 FNP-1-S0P-36.3, 208/120 VOLT AC ELECTRICALELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, to prevent an inadvertent loss of power to 600V load DISTRIBUTION center 1RI R when the above breakers are reclosed. {CMT 0004397}

3.6 Refer to Appendices 1I thru 6 for general precautions for opening individual breakers on 2A or 2B 125 Volt DC busses for maintenance. maintenance.

3.7 When replacing a breaker that has been removed from its breaker cubicle ensure the breaker cubicle is clear of all foreign material. Electrical Maintenance personnel should remove any type stab cover if they are found in place in a breaker cubicle. (CR 1-2000-0647) 1-2000-0647) 3.8 IF the door to either battery room (i.e. 2210 or 2211) is left IE left open QOR unlocked THEN continuously continuously station an individual at the door to prevent prevent entry entry into into the the battery battery rooms rooms by by unqualified unqualified personnel.

personnel. Reference Reference OSHA requirement requirement 191 0.269(u)(4)(iv) Entrances to rooms "191O.269(u)(4)(iv) rooms and spaces spaces that are not under the observation observation of of an an attendant attendant shall shall be be kept kept locked.

locked."

3.9 3.9 The The MANUAL MANUAL CONTROL CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEM LIGHT LIGHT should should NOT NOT be be on on during during normal normal charger charger operation.

operation. (Al(AI 2005200333 2005200333) )

Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37. I APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 APPENDIX 77 APPENDIX ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN Performed Performed by:

by: ~~ i-i1 -;

/

~a.?1 ,/ Date Verified Verified by:

by: Date Date Reviewed Reviewed by:

by: Date Date This This appendix appendix consists consists of of 66 pages pages Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 l3:00:47 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 APPENDIX 77 APPENDIX ALIGNING 2C ALIGNING 2C BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER TO TO A A TRAIN TRAIN 1.0 1.0 2C Battery 2C Battery Charger Charger Room Room Cooler Cooler Alignment Alignment to to AA Train.

Train.

fj;-& 1.1 Verify this Verify this procedure procedure is is the the current current version.

version. (OR (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498) fj;~ 9 1.2 correct unit for the task. (OR Verify this procedure is the correct (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498)

NOTE: Placing the 2C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.

1.3 IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:

(NEL-02-0085)

(NEL-02-0085)

Room 2210 121 Non Rad East West hallway 121' Room 2211221 1 121 Non Rad East West hallway 121' Room 2213 121 Battery &

121' & Charger entrance area Room 2225 121 2C Battery Charger room 121' Room 2228 121 Non Rad North-South hallway 121' Room 2234 121 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2244 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms 131' Room 22452245 131 131' Battery charger room coolers above batterybattery rooms g:~ 1.4 1.4 IF either IF either fire suppression suppression or or fire detection become become inoperable inoperable in these areas, areas, THEN THEN establish establish a continuous continuous fire watch.

watch. (NEL-02-008 (NEL-02-0085) 5) fJ:& 1.5 Place 2C Battery Place 2C Battery Charger Charger Room Room Cooler Cooler thermostat thermostat switch switch to to OFF.

OFF.

g:~ 1.6 Place Place Local Local Starter Starter For For 2C 2C Battery Battery Charger Charger Room Room Cooler Cooler (Q2E (Q2EI6GOOOl) power 1 6G000 1) power lead lead in in A A Train Train Receptacle Receptacle For For 2C 2C Battery Battery Chg Chg Rm.

Rm. Clr.

Clr. Power Power (Q2E16G000 (Q2EI6G0003) 3)

(AB (AB 121, 121', located located inin battery battery room room access access area).

area).

Page Page 11 of6 of6 Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10/27109 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 1 .7 1.7 Verify closed Verify closed the the following following valves:

valves:

g:{& 1.7.1 1.7.1 SW TRN BB SUPP SW TRN SUPP TOTO BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2P16V224C.

Q2P16V224C.

g:{& 1.7.2 1.7.2 SW TRN SW TRN BB SUPP SUPP TOTO BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2P16V224D.

Q2P16V224D.

c4) g:{&

V\-

1 9 1.7.3 1.7.3 SW TRN SW TRN BB RETURN RETURN FROMFROM BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2PI 6V230C.

Q2P16V230C.

g:{& 1.7.4 1.704 SW TRN SW TRN B B RETURN RETURN FROMFROM BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2PI 6V230D.

Q2P16V230D.

1.8 1.8 Verify open Verify open the the following following valves:

valves:

g:{& 1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A. Q2P16V224A.

g:{& 1.8.2 1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT BAIT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.

Q2P16V224B.

g:{& 1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 1 6V230A.

Q2P16V230A.

g:{& 1.8.4 1.804 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 1 6V230B.

Q2P16V230B.

g:{&V- 1.9 Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.

.10 1.10 Independentl Independently y verify the following valves are closed:

aW 1.10.1 1.10.1 SW TRN SW TRN B B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224 Q2P16V224C.

C.

dY?! 1.10.2 1.10.2 SW TRN SW TRN BB SUPP SUPP TO TO BATT BATT CHG CHG RM CLR2C Q2P16V224 RM CLR2C Q2P16V224D.

D.

dr?l iv IV 1.10.3 1.10.3 SW TRN SW TRN BB RETURN Q2P16V230 Q2P16V230C.

RETURN FROM C.

FROM BATT BATT CHG RM CLR CHG RM CLR 2C 2C aW 1.10.4 1.1004 SW TRN SW TRN BB RETURN RETURN FROMFROM BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C iv IV Q2P16V230 Q2P16V230D. D.

Page Page 22 of of6 6 Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 1.11 1.11 Independently verify Independently verify the the following following valves valves are are open:

open:

1.11.1 1.11.1 SW TRN A SW TRN A SUPP SUPP TO TO BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2P16V224A.

Q2P16V224A.

1.11.2 1.11.2 SW TRN SW TRN A A SUPP SUPP TO TO BATT BATT CHG CHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C Q2P16V224B.

Q2P16V224B.

dW 1.11.3 1.11.3 SW TRN A SW TRN A RETURN RETURN FROM FROM BATT BATT CHGCHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C2C iv IV Q2P16V230A.

Q2P16V230A.

1.11.4 1.11.4 SW TRN A SW TRN A RETURN RETURN FROM FROM BATT BATT CHGCHG RM RM CLR CLR 2C 2C iv IV Q2P16V230B Q2P16V230B. .

a11l 1.12 1.12 Independently verify Independently veri 2C 2C Battery Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in in AUTO.

AUTO.

IV 2.0 Electrically.

Aligning 2C Charger Electrically.

2.1 2.l Obtain SSi1 key (RE 11592) from Shift Support Supervisor.

2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.

2.3 Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.

2.4 Insert key SI 51 (RE 11592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2R18BOO Q2R18BOOIA-A, IA-A, and turn to unlock.

/

1 2.5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY SUPPLY DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A FROM LCC 2D, cv CV Q2R18BOO Q2RI8BOOIA-A.IA-A.

2.6 Remove Al key (RE 11586).11586).

Page Page 33 of of66 Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-3 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 7.1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 7 7 2.7 2.7 IF breaker IF breaker ED-09 ED-09 BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER 2C 2C isis NOT NOT in in its its assigned assigned cubicle, cubicle, THEN perform THEN perform the following:

the following:

2.7.1 2.7.1 Rack the Rack the supply supply breaker, breaker, identified identified as EDO9 on as ED09 on the the calibration calibration sticker, sticker, to to the Remove position the "Remove" position in thein the spare spare cubicle cubicle located located below below breaker breaker ED08.

EDO8.

2.7.2 Pull 2.7.2 Pull breaker breaker ED09 EDO9 out out of ofthe the spare spare cubicle cubicle until until the the breaker breaker isis clear clear of ofthe the enclosure.

enclosure.

r NOTE:

NOTE: Rails may Rails may be be extended extended outout after after breaker breaker is is removed removed from from spare spare cubicle.

cubicle.

2.7.3 Open the cubicle Open cubicle door door and and slide slide the extension extension rails outout in in breaker breaker ED09 EDO9 cubicle.

cubicle.

2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.

2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, below breaker ED08, EDO8, to EDO9 cubicle.

breaker ED09 2.7.6 Insert breaker ED09 EDO9 into its cubicle.

2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker ED09 EDO9 cubicle.

2.8 Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42E00 Q2R42EOO 11 C-AB:

2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 11586) 11586) in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1 Q2R42EOOIC-AB C-AB and turn tum to unlock.

2.8.2 2.8.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOI Q2R42EOOIC-AB. C-AB.

_I_ 2.9 2.9 On On 600V 600V LOAD CENTER CENTER 2D 2D LOCAL LOCAL CONTROLCONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009 Q2H21 E009-A, -A, Cv CV close close ED-09 ED-09 BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER 2C 2C Q2R42EOOI Q2R42EOOIC-AB.C-AB.

2.10 2.10 Remove Remove key key A2 A2 (RE (RE 11587).

11587).

2.11 2.11 Insert Insert key key A2A2 (RE (RE 11587) in interlock 11587) in interlock on on 2C 2C BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER OUTPUT OUTPUT DISCONNE DISCONNECT CT 2A2A TO TO BREAKER BREAKER LA-I LA-18,8, Q2RI8BOO2 Q2RI8B002A-A A-A andand turn tum to to unlock.

unlock.

_1_ 2.122.12 Close Close 2C2C BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER OUTPUT OUTPUT DISCONISIE DISCONNECT CT 2A 2A TOTO BREAKER BREAKER cv cv LA-I LA-18,8, Q2RI 8B002A-A.

Q2RI8B002A-A.

2.13 2.13 RemovekeyA Remove key A3 3 (RE (RE 11588).

11588).

Page Page 44 of of66 Version 43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 2.14 2.14 Insertkey Insert key A3 A3 (RE (RE 11588) 11588) inin interlock interlock on BREAKER BATTERY on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER 2C 2C LAI188 and LA and tum turn toto unlock.

unlock.

2.15 2.15 Verify BREAKER Verify BREAKER BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER2C 2C LA LA1818 racked racked in.

in.

_1-/ 2.16 2.16 On 125V On 125V DC DC BUS BUS 2A 2A LOCAL LOCAL CONTROLCONTROL PANEL PANEL Q2H21 EOI4-A, Q2H21E014 -A, close close cv cv BATTERY CHARGER2C BATTERY CHARGER 2C 72-LA18. 72-LA 1 8.

_1-/ 2.17 2.17 Close BATTERY Close BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER 2C 2C AC AC INPUT INPUT CIRCUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER.

BREAKER.

cv cv

_1-/ 2.18 2.18 Close BATTERY Close BATTERY CHARGER CHARGER 2C 2C DC DC OUTPUT OUTPUT CIRCUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER.

BREAKER.

cv cv NOTE:

NOTE: The battery charger will start up in the FLOAT mode; after 5 minutes the battery charger the charger will swap swap to to EQUALIZE mode.mode.

2.19 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:

• Less than or equal to 140 VDC

• Less than or equal to 600 amps

• Battery charger starts up in FLOAT mode.

NOTE: If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify Supervision/

SupervisionlEM EM to determine if the Battery Charger Charger being placed placed in service should be placed on equalize.

(Al (AI 2008207726 2008207726))

2.20 2.20 IF IF 2A 2A Battery Battery Charger Charger is is in in service, service, THEN THEN place place 2A 2A Battery Battery Charger Charger charge charge switch switch toto FLOAT FLOAT and and release.

release.

Page Page 55of 6 of6 Version43.0 Version 43.0

10/27/09 13:00:47 10127/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX APPENDIX 77 2.21 2.21 Remove 2A Remove 2A Battery Battery Charger Charger from from service service as follows:

as follows:

2.21.1 2.21.1 Open battery Open battery charger charger 2A 2A AC AC input input breaker.

breaker.

CV CV 2.21.2 2.21.2 Wait 55 seconds Wait seconds and and open open battery battery charger charger 2A 2A DC DC output output breaker.

breaker.

CV CV 2.21.3 2.21.3 Open battery Open battery charger charger 125V 125V DC DC Bus Bus 2A2A supply supply breaker breaker LA09.

LAO9.

CV CV 2.21.4 2.21.4 Open battery Open battery charger charger 2A 2A supply supply breaker breaker ED-04.

ED04.

CV CV 2.21.5 2.21.5 Rack out Rack out battery battery charger charger 2A 2A supply supply breaker breaker ED-04.

ED-04.

CV 2.22 Check 2C Check 2C Battery Battery Charger Charger swaps swaps to to EQUALIZE mode after after approximately approximately 55 minutes.

2.23 On 2C Battery Charger, depress FLOAT pushbutton and release.

NOTE: Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading. Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than consequential DC load reduction 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps.

(CR20081 11062)

(CR200811 1062) 2.24 Check 2C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation as follows (Al (AI 2005200333 2005200333): ):

• 132to132.5V 132 to 132.5 VDC DC

• • >75

>75 amps Page Page 66of 6 of6 Version 43.0 Version 43.0